mirror of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/emacs.git
synced 2024-11-30 08:09:04 +00:00
merge from trunk
This commit is contained in:
commit
a8101f663e
1
.gitignore
vendored
1
.gitignore
vendored
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
autom4te.cache
|
||||
makefile
|
||||
*~
|
||||
/README.W32
|
||||
|
||||
/bin/
|
||||
/site-lisp/
|
||||
|
141
ChangeLog
141
ChangeLog
@ -1,3 +1,140 @@
|
||||
2010-08-10 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): Require autoconf 2.65.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-09 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): Require autoconf 2.66 to stop version churn.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-09 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Add AC_C_BIGENDIAN.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-09 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (ORDINARY_LINK): Use on hpux* too.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-06 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for util.h.
|
||||
Use -Wimplicit-function-declaration if compiler supports it.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-05 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (UNEXEC_OBJ): Rename unexec.o => unexcoff.o.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-04 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Restore accidentally removed use of
|
||||
GCC_TEST_OPTIONS/NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-29 Chad Brown <yandros@mit.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for dirent.h.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-29 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove reference to usg5-4, unused.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-25 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Check for __executable_start.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-24 Ken Brown <kbrown@cornell.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (LINKER, LIB_GCC): Remove cygwin special cases (Bug#6715)
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-24 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* .bzrignore, .gitignore: Ignore README.W32 on the root directory.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-24 Ken Brown <kbrown@cornell.edu> (tiny change)
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (START_FILES) [cygwin]: Set to pre-crt0.o (Bug#6715).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-12 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (C_WARNINGS_SWITCH, PROFILING_CFLAGS)
|
||||
(PROFILING_LDFLAGS): Substitute, don't add them to CFLAGS/LDFLAGS.
|
||||
(C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH): Remove.
|
||||
(TEMACS_LDFLAGS2): Add ${PROFILING_LDFLAGS}.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-11 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Don't check for index and rindex, check for strchr
|
||||
and strrchr. Define strchr and strrchr as index and rindex,
|
||||
resp., in src/config.h if not available.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-08 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Use -Wold-style-definition if available.
|
||||
This helps with the transition to standard C code, it can be
|
||||
removed when done.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS, POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS): Remove.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (UNEXEC_OBJ): Add comment about values for MSDOS
|
||||
and MSWindows.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-07 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Don't check for bcopy, bcmp, bzero. Don't include
|
||||
<strings.h> and don't define bcopy, bzero, BCMP in config.h.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-07 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (getenv): Remove K&R declaration.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-02 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove define __P.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-02 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (--enable-use-lisp-union-type): New flag.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-30 Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
Fix CFLAGS for non-GCC compilers.
|
||||
* configure.in (CFLAGS): Always use -g like it was done before the
|
||||
2010-03-30 change.
|
||||
(REAL_CFLAGS): Use CFLAGS for non-GCC to get optimization flags.
|
||||
(Bug#6538)
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-30 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (HAVE_SOUND, HAVE_X_I18N, HAVE_X11R6_XIM):
|
||||
Set with AC_DEFINE rather than AH_BOTTOM.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in (C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH, CANNOT_DUMP, SYSTEM_MALLOC):
|
||||
(USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS, C_WARNING_SWITCH, CFLAGS, REAL_CFLAGS):
|
||||
Set with shell, not cpp.
|
||||
(LIBX): Remove, just use -lX11 in the one place this was used.
|
||||
(cannot_dump): Replace with CANNOT_DUMP.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-28 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Add --with-x-toolkit=gtk3. Remove HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY,
|
||||
check for gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new, and HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH (implied
|
||||
by minimum required Gtk+ 2.6). Add checks for functions introduced
|
||||
in Gtk+ 2.14 or newer (bug#6505).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-26 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* config.bat: Remove white space around "+" in COPY commands.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-23 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* info/dir: Start descriptions in column 32, per Texinfo convention.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-16 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* INSTALL: Update font information (Bug#6389).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-16 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* INSTALL: General update.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-12 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (install-arch-indep): Delete any old info .gz files first.
|
||||
@ -426,7 +563,7 @@
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove support for old UNIX System V systems and
|
||||
for Unixware on non-x86 machines.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove support for Solaris on PPC and for old versions.
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove support for Solaris on PPC and for old versions.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Remove non-working lynxos port.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -8290,7 +8427,7 @@
|
||||
(EMACSROOT): New variable, giving the directory under which all of
|
||||
Emacs's libraries should be installed. Changed rest of file to
|
||||
use it.
|
||||
(LIBDIR): Now denotes only architecture-dependent dir - relevant cha
|
||||
(LIBDIR): Now denotes only architecture-dependent dir.
|
||||
(DATADIR): New variable, denoting architecture-independent dir.
|
||||
(LOCKDIR): New variable, for completeness.
|
||||
(SUBDIR): No more etc, new lib-src.
|
||||
|
338
INSTALL
338
INSTALL
@ -5,32 +5,38 @@ Copyright (C) 1992, 1994, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
|
||||
See the end of the file for license conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains general information. For more specific information
|
||||
for the Windows, GNUstep/Mac OS X, and MS-DOS ports, also see the files
|
||||
nt/INSTALL nextstep/INSTALL, and msdos/INSTALL. For information
|
||||
specific to building from a Bazaar checkout (rather than a release), see
|
||||
the file INSTALL.BZR.
|
||||
This file contains general information on building GNU Emacs.
|
||||
For more information specific to the MS-Windows, GNUstep/Mac OS X, and
|
||||
MS-DOS ports, also read the files nt/INSTALL, nextstep/INSTALL, and
|
||||
msdos/INSTALL. For information about building from a Bazaar checkout
|
||||
(rather than a release), also read the file INSTALL.BZR.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BASIC INSTALLATION
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to build Emacs is to use the `configure' shell script
|
||||
which attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent
|
||||
variables and features and find the directories where various system
|
||||
headers and libraries are kept. It then creates a `Makefile' in each
|
||||
subdirectory and a `config.h' file containing system-dependent
|
||||
definitions. Running the `make' utility then builds the package for
|
||||
your system.
|
||||
On most Unix systems, you build Emacs by first running the `configure'
|
||||
shell script. This attempts to deduce the correct values for
|
||||
various system-dependent variables and features, and find the
|
||||
directories where certain system headers and libraries are kept.
|
||||
In a few cases, you may need to explicitly tell configure where to
|
||||
find some things, or what options to use.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' creates a `Makefile' in several subdirectories, and a
|
||||
`src/config.h' file containing system-dependent definitions.
|
||||
Running the `make' utility then builds the package for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's the procedure to build Emacs using `configure' on systems which
|
||||
are supported by it. If this simplified procedure fails, or if you
|
||||
are using a platform such as MS-Windows, where `configure' script
|
||||
doesn't work, you might need to use various non-default options, and
|
||||
maybe perform some of the steps manually. The more detailed
|
||||
description in the rest of the sections of this guide will help you do
|
||||
that, so please refer to them if the simple procedure does not work.
|
||||
are supported by it. In some cases, if the simplified procedure fails,
|
||||
you might need to use various non-default options, and maybe perform
|
||||
some of the steps manually. The more detailed description in the other
|
||||
sections of this guide will help you do that, so please refer to those
|
||||
sections if you need to.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Make sure your system has at least 120 MB of free disk space.
|
||||
1. Unpacking the Emacs 23.2 release requires about 170 MB of free
|
||||
disk space. Building Emacs uses about another 60 MB of space.
|
||||
The final installed Emacs uses about 120 MB of disk space.
|
||||
This includes the space-saving that comes from automatically
|
||||
compressing the Lisp source files on installation.
|
||||
|
||||
2a. `cd' to the directory where you unpacked Emacs and invoke the
|
||||
`configure' script:
|
||||
@ -43,8 +49,8 @@ that, so please refer to them if the simple procedure does not work.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE-DIR/configure
|
||||
|
||||
where SOURCE-DIR is the top-level Emacs source directory. This
|
||||
may not work unless you use GNU make.
|
||||
where SOURCE-DIR is the top-level Emacs source directory.
|
||||
This may not work unless you use GNU make.
|
||||
|
||||
3. When `configure' finishes, it prints several lines of details
|
||||
about the system configuration. Read those details carefully
|
||||
@ -52,17 +58,18 @@ that, so please refer to them if the simple procedure does not work.
|
||||
system names, wrong places for headers or libraries, missing
|
||||
libraries that you know are installed on your system, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
If you find anything wrong, you will have to pass to `configure'
|
||||
explicit machine configuration name, and one or more options
|
||||
which tell it where to find various headers and libraries; refer
|
||||
to DETAILED BUILDING AND INSTALLATION section below.
|
||||
If you find anything wrong, you may have to pass to `configure'
|
||||
one or more options specifying the explicit machine configuration
|
||||
name, where to find various headers and libraries, etc.
|
||||
Refer to the section DETAILED BUILDING AND INSTALLATION below.
|
||||
|
||||
If `configure' didn't find some image support libraries, such as
|
||||
Xpm, jpeg, etc., and you want to use them refer to the subsection
|
||||
"Image support libraries", below.
|
||||
If `configure' didn't find some (optional) image support libraries,
|
||||
such as Xpm, jpeg, etc., and you want to use them, refer to the
|
||||
subsection "Image support libraries" below.
|
||||
|
||||
If the details printed by `configure' don't make any sense to
|
||||
you, assume that `configure' did its job and proceed.
|
||||
you, but there are no obvious errors, assume that `configure' did
|
||||
its job and proceed.
|
||||
|
||||
4. If you need to run the `configure' script more than once (e.g.,
|
||||
with some non-default options), always clean the source
|
||||
@ -79,7 +86,7 @@ that, so please refer to them if the simple procedure does not work.
|
||||
in the `src' directory. You can try this program, to make sure
|
||||
it works:
|
||||
|
||||
src/emacs -q
|
||||
src/emacs -Q
|
||||
|
||||
7. Assuming that the program `src/emacs' starts and displays its
|
||||
opening screen, you can install the program and its auxiliary
|
||||
@ -93,9 +100,12 @@ that, so please refer to them if the simple procedure does not work.
|
||||
|
||||
make clean
|
||||
|
||||
You can also save some space by compressing (with `gzip') Info files
|
||||
and installed Lisp source (.el) files which have corresponding .elc
|
||||
versions.
|
||||
You can delete the entire build directory if you do not plan to
|
||||
build Emacs again, but it can be useful to keep for debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the install automatically saves space by compressing
|
||||
(provided you have the `gzip' program) those installed Lisp source (.el)
|
||||
files that have corresponding .elc versions, as well as the Info files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION FILES
|
||||
@ -157,19 +167,15 @@ download and build libraries from sources. None of them are vital for
|
||||
running Emacs; however, note that Emacs will not be able to use
|
||||
colored icons in the toolbar if XPM support is not compiled in.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's the list of these optional libraries, and the URLs where they
|
||||
can be found:
|
||||
Here's the list of some of these optional libraries, and the URLs
|
||||
where they can be found (in the unlikely event that your distribution
|
||||
does not provide them):
|
||||
|
||||
. libXaw3d for fancy 3D-style
|
||||
scroll bars: ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/widgets/Xaw3d/
|
||||
. libxpm for XPM: ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/libraries/
|
||||
Get version 3.4k or later, which lets Emacs
|
||||
use its own color allocation functions.
|
||||
. libpng for PNG: ftp://ftp.simplesystems.org/pub/libpng/png/
|
||||
. libXaw3d http://directory.fsf.org/project/xaw3d/
|
||||
. libxpm for XPM: http://www.x.org/releases/current/src/lib/
|
||||
. libpng for PNG: http://www.libpng.org/
|
||||
. libz (for PNG): http://www.zlib.net/
|
||||
. libjpeg for JPEG: ftp://ftp.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/
|
||||
Get version 6b -- 6a is reported to fail in
|
||||
Emacs.
|
||||
. libjpeg for JPEG: http://www.ijg.org/
|
||||
. libtiff for TIFF: http://www.libtiff.org/
|
||||
. libgif for GIF: http://sourceforge.net/projects/giflib/
|
||||
|
||||
@ -178,61 +184,38 @@ Emacs will configure itself to build with these libraries if the
|
||||
appropriate --without-LIB option. In some cases, older versions of
|
||||
these libraries won't work because some routines are missing, and
|
||||
configure should avoid such old versions. If that happens, use the
|
||||
--without-LIB options to `configure'. See below for more details.
|
||||
--without-LIB options to `configure', if you need to.
|
||||
|
||||
* Extra fonts
|
||||
|
||||
The Emacs distribution does not include fonts and does not install
|
||||
them. You must do that yourself.
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
Emacs running on the GNU system supports both X fonts and local fonts
|
||||
(i.e. the fonts managed by the fontconfig library).
|
||||
|
||||
For `Unicode' (ISO 10646) X fonts, see
|
||||
<URL:http://czyborra.com/unifont/> (packaged in Debian),
|
||||
<URL:http://openlab.ring.gr.jp/efont/> (packaged in Debian). (In
|
||||
recent Debian versions, there is an extensive `misc-fixed' iso10646-1
|
||||
in the default X installation.) Perhaps also see
|
||||
<URL:http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/%7Emgk25/ucs-fonts.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
<URL:http://czyborra.com/charsets/> has basic fonts for Emacs's
|
||||
ISO-8859 charsets.
|
||||
|
||||
XFree86 release 4 (from <URL:ftp://ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/> and mirrors)
|
||||
contains font support for most, if not all, of the charsets that Emacs
|
||||
currently supports, including iso10646-1 encoded fonts for use with
|
||||
the mule-unicode charsets. The font files should also be usable with
|
||||
older X releases. Note that XFree 4 contains many iso10646-1 fonts
|
||||
with minimal character repertoires, which can cause problems -- see
|
||||
etc/PROBLEMS.
|
||||
|
||||
BDF Unicode fonts etl-unicode.tar.gz are available from
|
||||
<URL:ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/fonts/> and
|
||||
<URL:ftp://ftp.xfree86.org/pub/mirror/X.Org/contrib/fonts/>. These
|
||||
fonts can also be used by ps-print and ps-mule to print Unicode
|
||||
characters.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, the Web page <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/freefont/>
|
||||
lists a large number of free Unicode fonts.
|
||||
On the GNU system, Emacs supports both X fonts and local fonts
|
||||
(i.e. fonts managed by the fontconfig library). If you need more
|
||||
fonts than your distribution normally provides, you must install them
|
||||
yourself. See <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/freefont/> for a large
|
||||
number of free Unicode fonts.
|
||||
|
||||
* GNU/Linux development packages
|
||||
|
||||
Many GNU/Linux systems do not come with development packages by
|
||||
default; they just include the files that you need to run Emacs, but
|
||||
not those you need to compile it. For example, to compile Emacs with
|
||||
X11 support, you may need to install the special `X11 development'
|
||||
package. For example, in April 2003, the package names to install
|
||||
were `XFree86-devel' and `Xaw3d-devel' on Red Hat. On Debian, the
|
||||
packages necessary to build the installed version should be
|
||||
sufficient; they can be installed using `apt-get build-dep emacs21' in
|
||||
Debian 3 and above.
|
||||
Many GNU/Linux systems do not come with development packages by default;
|
||||
they include the files that you need to run Emacs, but not those you
|
||||
need to compile it. For example, to compile Emacs with support for X
|
||||
and graphics libraries, you may need to install the `X development'
|
||||
package(s), and development versions of the jpeg, png, etc. packages.
|
||||
|
||||
The names of the packages that you need varies according to the
|
||||
GNU/Linux distribution that you use, and the options that you want to
|
||||
configure Emacs with. On Debian-based systems, you can install all the
|
||||
packages needed to build the installed version of Emacs with a command
|
||||
like `apt-get build-dep emacs23'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DETAILED BUILDING AND INSTALLATION:
|
||||
|
||||
(This is for a Unix or Unix-like system. For MS-DOS and Windows 3.X,
|
||||
see msdos/INSTALL. For Windows 9X, Windows ME, Windows NT, Windows
|
||||
2000, Windows XP/2003, and Windows Vista/2008, see the file
|
||||
(This is for a Unix or Unix-like system. For MS-DOS and MS Windows 3.X,
|
||||
see msdos/INSTALL. For later versions of MS Windows, see the file
|
||||
nt/INSTALL. For GNUstep and Mac OS X, see nextstep/INSTALL.)
|
||||
|
||||
1) Make sure your system has enough swapping space allocated to handle
|
||||
@ -240,21 +223,20 @@ a program whose pure code is 1.5 MB and whose data area is at
|
||||
least 2.8 MB and can reach 100 MB or more. If the swapping space is
|
||||
insufficient, you will get an error in the command `temacs -batch -l
|
||||
loadup dump', found in `./src/Makefile.in', or possibly when
|
||||
running the final dumped Emacs.
|
||||
running the final dumped Emacs. (This should not be an issue
|
||||
on any recent system.)
|
||||
|
||||
Building Emacs requires about 140 MB of disk space (including the
|
||||
Emacs sources) Once installed, Emacs occupies about 77 MB in the file
|
||||
Building Emacs requires about 230 MB of disk space (including the
|
||||
Emacs sources). Once installed, Emacs occupies about 120 MB in the file
|
||||
system where it is installed; this includes the executable files, Lisp
|
||||
libraries, miscellaneous data files, and on-line documentation. If
|
||||
the building and installation take place in different directories,
|
||||
then the installation procedure momentarily requires 140+77 MB.
|
||||
then the installation procedure momentarily requires 230+120 MB.
|
||||
|
||||
2) Consult `./etc/MACHINES' to see what configuration name you should
|
||||
give to the `configure' program. That file offers hints for
|
||||
getting around some possible installation problems. The file lists
|
||||
many different configurations, but only the part for your machine and
|
||||
operating system is relevant. (The list is arranged in alphabetical
|
||||
order by the vendor name.)
|
||||
2) In the unlikely event that `configure' does not detect your system
|
||||
type correctly, consult `./etc/MACHINES' to see what --host, --build
|
||||
options you should pass to `configure'. That file also offers hints
|
||||
for getting around some possible installation problems.
|
||||
|
||||
3) You can build Emacs in the top-level Emacs source directory
|
||||
or in a separate directory.
|
||||
@ -262,15 +244,10 @@ or in a separate directory.
|
||||
3a) To build in the top-level Emacs source directory, go to that
|
||||
directory and run the program `configure' as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure [CONFIGURATION-NAME] [--OPTION[=VALUE]] ...
|
||||
./configure [--OPTION[=VALUE]] ...
|
||||
|
||||
The CONFIGURATION-NAME argument should be a configuration name given
|
||||
in `./etc/MACHINES', with the system version number added at the end.
|
||||
|
||||
You should try first omitting CONFIGURATION-NAME. This way,
|
||||
`configure' will try to guess your system type. If it cannot guess,
|
||||
or if something goes wrong in building or installing Emacs this way,
|
||||
try again specifying the proper CONFIGURATION-NAME explicitly.
|
||||
If `configure' cannot determine your system type, try again
|
||||
specifying the proper --build, --host options explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't want X support, specify `--with-x=no'. If you omit this
|
||||
option, `configure' will try to figure out for itself whether your
|
||||
@ -285,20 +262,19 @@ accept a list of directories, separated with colons.
|
||||
|
||||
To get more attractive menus, you can specify an X toolkit when you
|
||||
configure Emacs; use the option `--with-x-toolkit=TOOLKIT', where
|
||||
TOOLKIT is `athena', `motif' or `gtk' (`yes' and `lucid' are synonyms
|
||||
for `athena'). On some systems, it does not work to use a toolkit
|
||||
with shared libraries. A free implementation of Motif, called
|
||||
LessTif, is available from <http://www.lesstif.org>. Compiling with
|
||||
LessTif or Motif causes a standard File Selection Dialog to pop up
|
||||
when you invoke file commands with the mouse. You can get fancy
|
||||
3D-style scroll bars, even without LessTif/Motif, if you have the
|
||||
Xaw3d library installed (see "Image support libraries" above for Xaw3d
|
||||
availability).
|
||||
TOOLKIT is `gtk' (the default), `athena', or `motif' (`yes' and
|
||||
`lucid' are synonyms for `athena'). On some systems, it does not work
|
||||
to use a toolkit with shared libraries. A free implementation of
|
||||
Motif, called LessTif, is available from <http://www.lesstif.org>.
|
||||
Compiling with LessTif or Motif causes a standard File Selection
|
||||
Dialog to pop up when you invoke file commands with the mouse. You
|
||||
can get fancy 3D-style scroll bars, even without Gtk or LessTif/Motif,
|
||||
if you have the Xaw3d library installed (see "Image support libraries"
|
||||
above for Xaw3d availability).
|
||||
|
||||
If `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' is specified, you can tell configure where
|
||||
to search for GTK by specifying `--with-pkg-config-prog=PATH' where
|
||||
PATH is the pathname to pkg-config. Note that GTK version 2.4 or
|
||||
newer is required for Emacs.
|
||||
You can tell configure where to search for GTK by specifying
|
||||
`--with-pkg-config-prog=PATH' where PATH is the pathname to
|
||||
pkg-config. Note that GTK version 2.6 or newer is required for Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
The Emacs mail reader RMAIL is configured to be able to read mail from
|
||||
a POP3 server by default. Versions of the POP protocol older than
|
||||
@ -325,10 +301,10 @@ or more of these options:
|
||||
Use --without-toolkit-scroll-bars to disable LessTif/Motif or Xaw3d
|
||||
scroll bars.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --without-xim to inhibit the default use of X Input Methods. In
|
||||
this case, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn on use of XIM.
|
||||
Use --without-xim to inhibit the default use of X Input Methods.
|
||||
In this case, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn on use of XIM.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --disable-largefile omits support for files larger than 2GB on
|
||||
Use --disable-largefile to omit support for files larger than 2GB on
|
||||
systems which support that.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --without-sound to disable sound support.
|
||||
@ -338,11 +314,11 @@ should put emacs and its data files. This defaults to `/usr/local'.
|
||||
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in PREFIXDIR/bin
|
||||
(unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise).
|
||||
- The architecture-independent files go in PREFIXDIR/share/emacs/VERSION
|
||||
(where VERSION is the version number of Emacs, like `19.27').
|
||||
(where VERSION is the version number of Emacs, like `23.2').
|
||||
- The architecture-dependent files go in
|
||||
PREFIXDIR/libexec/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION
|
||||
(where CONFIGURATION is the configuration name, like mips-dec-ultrix4.2),
|
||||
unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise.
|
||||
(where CONFIGURATION is the configuration name, like
|
||||
i686-pc-linux-gnu), unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The `--exec-prefix=EXECDIR' option allows you to specify a separate
|
||||
portion of the directory tree for installing architecture-specific
|
||||
@ -354,17 +330,16 @@ EXECDIR/bin should be a directory that is normally in users' PATHs.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the command
|
||||
|
||||
./configure mips-dec-ultrix --with-x11
|
||||
./configure --build=i386-linux-gnu --without-sound
|
||||
|
||||
configures Emacs to build for a DECstation running Ultrix, with
|
||||
support for the X11 window system.
|
||||
configures Emacs to build for a 32-bit GNU/Linux distribution,
|
||||
without sound support.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' doesn't do any compilation or installation
|
||||
itself. It just creates the files that influence those things:
|
||||
`./Makefile', `lib-src/Makefile', `oldXMenu/Makefile',
|
||||
`lwlib/Makefile', `src/Makefile', and `./src/config.h'. For details
|
||||
on exactly what it does, see the section called `CONFIGURATION BY
|
||||
HAND', below.
|
||||
`configure' doesn't do any compilation or installation itself.
|
||||
It just creates the files that influence those things:
|
||||
`./Makefile' in the top-level directory and several subdirectories;
|
||||
and `./src/config.h'. For details on exactly what it does, see the
|
||||
section called `CONFIGURATION BY HAND', below.
|
||||
|
||||
When it is done, `configure' prints a description of what it did and
|
||||
creates a shell script `config.status' which, when run, recreates the
|
||||
@ -406,7 +381,7 @@ shell such as Bash, which uses these variables:
|
||||
preprocessor to look in the `/foo/myinclude' directory for header
|
||||
files (in addition to the standard directories), instruct the linker
|
||||
to look in `/bar/mylib' for libraries, pass the -O3 optimization
|
||||
switch to the compiler, and link against libfoo.a and libbar.a
|
||||
switch to the compiler, and link against libfoo and libbar
|
||||
libraries in addition to the standard ones.
|
||||
|
||||
For some libraries, like Gtk+, fontconfig and ALSA, `configure' uses
|
||||
@ -436,14 +411,9 @@ Emacs source code in the directory that `configure' is in.
|
||||
To build in a separate directory, you must use a version of `make'
|
||||
that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.
|
||||
|
||||
3c) Some people try to build in a separate directory by filling
|
||||
it full of symlinks to the files in the real source directory.
|
||||
If you do that, `make all' does work, but `make install' fails:
|
||||
it copies the symbolic links rather than the actual files.
|
||||
|
||||
As far as is known, there is no particular reason to use
|
||||
a directory full of links rather than use the standard GNU
|
||||
facilities to build in a separate directory (see 3b above).
|
||||
(Do not try to build in a separate directory by creating many links
|
||||
to the real source directory--there is no need, and installation will
|
||||
fail.)
|
||||
|
||||
4) Look at `./lisp/paths.el'; if some of those values are not right
|
||||
for your system, set up the file `./lisp/site-init.el' with Emacs
|
||||
@ -454,7 +424,7 @@ rather than `defvar', as used by `./lisp/paths.el'. For example,
|
||||
(setq news-inews-program "/usr/bin/inews")
|
||||
|
||||
is how you would override the default value of the variable
|
||||
news-inews-program (which is "/usr/local/inews").
|
||||
news-inews-program.
|
||||
|
||||
Before you override a variable this way, *look at the value* that the
|
||||
variable gets by default! Make sure you know what kind of value the
|
||||
@ -473,18 +443,11 @@ If you set load-path to a different value in site-init.el or
|
||||
site-load.el, Emacs will use *precisely* that value when it starts up
|
||||
again. If you do this, you are on your own!
|
||||
|
||||
Note that, on some systems, the code you place in site-init.el must
|
||||
not use expand-file-name or any other function which may look
|
||||
something up in the system's password and user information database.
|
||||
See `./etc/PROBLEMS' for more details on which systems this affects.
|
||||
|
||||
The `site-*.el' files are nonexistent in the distribution. You do not
|
||||
need to create them if you have nothing to put in them.
|
||||
|
||||
6) Refer to the file `./etc/TERMS' for information on fields you may
|
||||
wish to add to various termcap entries. The files `./etc/termcap.ucb'
|
||||
and `./etc/termcap.dat' may already contain appropriately-modified
|
||||
entries.
|
||||
wish to add to various termcap entries. (This is unlikely to be necessary.)
|
||||
|
||||
7) Run `make' in the top directory of the Emacs distribution to finish
|
||||
building Emacs in the standard way. The final executable file is
|
||||
@ -498,11 +461,11 @@ are installed in the following directories:
|
||||
|
||||
`/usr/local/bin' holds the executable programs users normally run -
|
||||
`emacs', `etags', `ctags', `b2m', `emacsclient',
|
||||
and `rcs-checkin'.
|
||||
`grep-changelog', and `rcs-checkin'.
|
||||
|
||||
`/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/lisp' holds the Emacs Lisp library;
|
||||
`VERSION' stands for the number of the Emacs version
|
||||
you are installing, like `18.59' or `19.27'. Since the
|
||||
you are installing, like `23.1' or `23.2'. Since the
|
||||
Lisp library changes from one version of Emacs to
|
||||
another, including the version number in the path
|
||||
allows you to have several versions of Emacs installed
|
||||
@ -510,18 +473,17 @@ are installed in the following directories:
|
||||
make Emacs unavailable while installing a new version.
|
||||
|
||||
`/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/etc' holds the Emacs tutorial, the DOC
|
||||
file, the `yow' database, and other
|
||||
architecture-independent files Emacs might need while
|
||||
running. VERSION is as specified for `.../lisp'.
|
||||
file, and other architecture-independent files Emacs
|
||||
might need while running.
|
||||
|
||||
`/usr/local/libexec/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION-NAME' contains executable
|
||||
programs used by Emacs that users are not expected to
|
||||
run themselves.
|
||||
`VERSION' is the number of the Emacs version you are
|
||||
installing, and `CONFIGURATION-NAME' is the argument
|
||||
you gave to the `configure' program to identify the
|
||||
installing, and `CONFIGURATION-NAME' is the value
|
||||
deduced by the `configure' program to identify the
|
||||
architecture and operating system of your machine,
|
||||
like `mips-dec-ultrix' or `sparc-sun-sunos'. Since
|
||||
like `i686-pc-linux-gnu' or `sparc-sun-sunos'. Since
|
||||
these files are specific to the version of Emacs,
|
||||
operating system, and architecture in use, including
|
||||
the configuration name in the path allows you to have
|
||||
@ -533,10 +495,9 @@ are installed in the following directories:
|
||||
`/usr/local/share/info' holds the on-line documentation for Emacs,
|
||||
known as "info files". Many other GNU programs are
|
||||
documented using info files as well, so this directory
|
||||
stands apart from the other, Emacs-specific
|
||||
directories.
|
||||
stands apart from the other, Emacs-specific directories.
|
||||
|
||||
`/usr/local/man/man1' holds the man pages for the programs installed
|
||||
`/usr/local/share/man/man1' holds the man pages for the programs installed
|
||||
in `/usr/local/bin'.
|
||||
|
||||
Any version of Emacs, whether installed or not, also looks for Lisp
|
||||
@ -599,10 +560,9 @@ Here is a complete list of the variables you may want to set.
|
||||
defaults to /usr/local/share. We create the following
|
||||
subdirectories under `datadir':
|
||||
- `emacs/VERSION/lisp', containing the Emacs Lisp library, and
|
||||
- `emacs/VERSION/etc', containing the Emacs tutorial, the DOC
|
||||
file, and the `yow' database.
|
||||
- `emacs/VERSION/etc', containing the tutorials, DOC file, etc.
|
||||
`VERSION' is the number of the Emacs version you are installing,
|
||||
like `18.59' or `19.0'. Since these files vary from one version
|
||||
like `23.1' or `23.2'. Since these files vary from one version
|
||||
of Emacs to another, including the version number in the path
|
||||
allows you to have several versions of Emacs installed at the
|
||||
same time; this means that you don't have to make Emacs
|
||||
@ -615,29 +575,23 @@ Here is a complete list of the variables you may want to set.
|
||||
programs used by Emacs that users are not expected to run
|
||||
themselves.
|
||||
`VERSION' is the number of the Emacs version you are installing,
|
||||
and `CONFIGURATION-NAME' is the argument you gave to the
|
||||
and `CONFIGURATION-NAME' is the value deduced by the
|
||||
`configure' program to identify the architecture and operating
|
||||
system of your machine, like `mips-dec-ultrix' or
|
||||
`sparc-sun-sunos'. Since these files are specific to the version
|
||||
of Emacs, operating system, and architecture in use, including
|
||||
the configuration name in the path allows you to have several
|
||||
versions of Emacs for any mix of machines and operating systems
|
||||
installed at the same time; this is useful for sites at which
|
||||
different kinds of machines share the file system Emacs is
|
||||
installed on.
|
||||
system of your machine, like `i686-pc-linux-gnu' or `sparc-sun-sunos'.
|
||||
Since these files are specific to the version of Emacs,
|
||||
operating system, and architecture in use, including the
|
||||
configuration name in the path allows you to have several
|
||||
versions of Emacs for any mix of machines and operating
|
||||
systems installed at the same time; this is useful for sites
|
||||
at which different kinds of machines share the file system
|
||||
Emacs is installed on.
|
||||
|
||||
`infodir' indicates where to put the info files distributed with
|
||||
Emacs; it defaults to `/usr/local/share/info'.
|
||||
|
||||
`mandir' indicates where to put the man pages for Emacs and its
|
||||
utilities (like `etags'); it defaults to
|
||||
`/usr/local/man/man1'.
|
||||
|
||||
`manext' gives the extension the man pages should be installed with.
|
||||
It should contain a period, followed by the appropriate
|
||||
digit. It defaults to `.1'. For example given the default
|
||||
values for `mandir' and `manext', the Emacs man page would be
|
||||
installed as `/usr/local/man/man1/emacs.1'.
|
||||
`/usr/local/share/man/man1'.
|
||||
|
||||
`prefix' doesn't give a path for any specific part of Emacs; instead,
|
||||
its value is used to determine the defaults for all the
|
||||
@ -659,7 +613,7 @@ Here is a complete list of the variables you may want to set.
|
||||
path variables - `bindir' and `libexecdir'.
|
||||
|
||||
The above variables serve analogous purposes in the makefiles for all
|
||||
GNU software; this variable is specific to Emacs.
|
||||
GNU software; the following variable is specific to Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
`archlibdir' indicates where Emacs installs and expects the executable
|
||||
files and other architecture-dependent data it uses while
|
||||
@ -675,7 +629,7 @@ settings persist, you can edit them into the `Makefile' in the top
|
||||
directory, but be aware that running the `configure' program erases
|
||||
`Makefile' and rebuilds it from `Makefile.in'.
|
||||
|
||||
The path for finding Lisp files is specified in src/paths.h,
|
||||
The path for finding Lisp files is specified in src/epaths.h,
|
||||
a file which is generated by running configure. To change the path,
|
||||
you can edit the definition of PATH_LOADSEARCH in that file
|
||||
before you run `make'.
|
||||
@ -717,15 +671,15 @@ BUILDING GNU EMACS BY HAND
|
||||
Once Emacs is configured, running `make' in the top directory performs
|
||||
the following steps.
|
||||
|
||||
1) Run `make src/paths.h' in the top directory. This produces
|
||||
`./src/paths.h' from the template file `./src/paths.in', changing
|
||||
1) Run `make epaths-force' in the top directory. This produces
|
||||
`./src/epaths.h' from the template file `./src/epaths.in', changing
|
||||
the paths to the values specified in `./Makefile'.
|
||||
|
||||
2) Go to directory `./lib-src' and run `make'. This creates
|
||||
executables named `ctags' and `etags' and `make-docfile' and
|
||||
`digest-doc' and `test-distrib'. And others.
|
||||
|
||||
3) Go to directory `./src' and Run `make'. This refers to files in
|
||||
3) Go to directory `./src' and run `make'. This refers to files in
|
||||
the `./lisp' and `./lib-src' subdirectories using names `../lisp' and
|
||||
`../lib-src'.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -737,8 +691,7 @@ It also creates a file in `./etc' whose name is `DOC' followed by the
|
||||
current Emacs version. This file contains documentation strings for
|
||||
all the functions in Emacs. Each time you run make to make a new
|
||||
emacs, a new DOC file with a new name is made. You must keep the DOC
|
||||
file for an Emacs version as long as you keep using that Emacs
|
||||
version.
|
||||
file for an Emacs version as long as you keep using that Emacs version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALLATION BY HAND
|
||||
@ -747,7 +700,7 @@ The steps below are done by running `make install' in the main
|
||||
directory of the Emacs distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
1) Copy `./lisp' and its subdirectories, `./etc', and the executables
|
||||
in `./lib-src' to their final destinations, as selected in `./src/paths.h'.
|
||||
in `./lib-src' to their final destinations, as selected in `./src/epaths.h'.
|
||||
|
||||
Strictly speaking, not all of the executables in `./lib-src' need be copied.
|
||||
- The programs `fakemail', `hexl', `movemail', `profile', `rcs2log',
|
||||
@ -778,8 +731,7 @@ You can delete `./src/temacs'.
|
||||
`rcs-checkin' from `./lib-src' to `/usr/local/bin'. These programs are
|
||||
intended for users to run.
|
||||
|
||||
5) Copy the man pages in `./etc' for emacs, ctags, and etags into the
|
||||
appropriate man directories.
|
||||
5) Copy the man pages in `./doc/man' into the appropriate man directory.
|
||||
|
||||
6) The files in the `./src' subdirectory, except for `emacs', are not
|
||||
used by Emacs once it is built. However, it is very desirable to keep
|
||||
@ -788,8 +740,8 @@ the source on line for debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
PROBLEMS
|
||||
|
||||
See the file PROBLEMS in etc subdirectory for a list of various
|
||||
problems sometimes encountered, and what to do about them.
|
||||
See the file `./etc/PROBLEMS' for a list of various problems sometimes
|
||||
encountered, and what to do about them.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -60,16 +60,12 @@ NARROWPROTO
|
||||
SEPCHAR
|
||||
SIGTYPE
|
||||
SYSTEM_TYPE
|
||||
USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS
|
||||
|
||||
** Machine specific macros, decribed in detail in src/m/template.h
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP
|
||||
EXPLICIT_SIGN_EXTEND
|
||||
LOAD_AVE_CVT
|
||||
LOAD_AVE_TYPE
|
||||
NO_REMAP
|
||||
VIRT_ADDR_VARIES
|
||||
WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
** Misc macros
|
||||
USER_FULL_NAME If defined, overrides the default pw->pw_gecos for getting at the full user name. Only MSDOS overrides the default.
|
||||
@ -81,8 +77,6 @@ USER_FULL_NAME If defined, overrides the default pw->pw_gecos for getting at t
|
||||
|
||||
AIX
|
||||
AMPERSAND_FULL_NAME
|
||||
BCOPY_DOWNWARD_SAFE
|
||||
BCOPY_UPWARD_SAFE
|
||||
BITS_PER_EMACS_INT
|
||||
BITS_PER_LONG
|
||||
BITS_PER_CHAR
|
||||
@ -105,7 +99,6 @@ CLASH_DETECTION
|
||||
DATA_SEG_BITS
|
||||
DATA_START
|
||||
DBL_MIN_REPLACEMENT
|
||||
DECLARE_GETPWUID_WITH_UID_T
|
||||
DEFAULT_SOUND_DEVICE
|
||||
DEVICE_SEP
|
||||
DIRECTORY_SEP
|
||||
@ -120,7 +113,6 @@ EMACS_UINT
|
||||
FILE_SYSTEM_CASE
|
||||
FLOAT_CHECK_DOMAIN
|
||||
FSCALE
|
||||
GAP_USE_BCOPY
|
||||
GC_LISP_OBJECT_ALIGNMENT
|
||||
GC_MARK_SECONDARY_STACK
|
||||
GC_MARK_STACK
|
||||
@ -130,8 +122,6 @@ GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT
|
||||
GNU_LINUX
|
||||
GNU_MALLOC
|
||||
HAVE_AIX_SMT_EXP
|
||||
HAVE_BCMP
|
||||
HAVE_BCOPY
|
||||
HAVE_CBRT
|
||||
HAVE_CLOSEDIR
|
||||
HAVE_DUP2
|
||||
@ -150,7 +140,6 @@ HAVE_GETPT
|
||||
HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
|
||||
HAVE_GETWD
|
||||
HAVE_H_ERRNO
|
||||
HAVE_INDEX
|
||||
HAVE_INET_SOCKETS
|
||||
HAVE_INVERSE_HYPERBOLIC
|
||||
HAVE_LIBKSTAT
|
||||
@ -169,7 +158,6 @@ HAVE_PWD_H
|
||||
HAVE_RANDOM
|
||||
HAVE_RENAME
|
||||
HAVE_RES_INIT
|
||||
HAVE_RINDEX
|
||||
HAVE_RINT
|
||||
HAVE_RMDIR
|
||||
HAVE_SELECT
|
||||
@ -193,19 +181,16 @@ HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
|
||||
HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
|
||||
HAVE_TCATTR
|
||||
HAVE_TERMIOS_H
|
||||
HAVE_TEXT_START
|
||||
HAVE_TIMEVAL
|
||||
HAVE_TM_ZONE
|
||||
HAVE_TZSET
|
||||
HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
HAVE_UTIMES
|
||||
HAVE_UTIME_H
|
||||
HAVE_VOLATILE
|
||||
HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
|
||||
HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
|
||||
HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
|
||||
HPUX
|
||||
INHIBIT_X11R6_XIM
|
||||
INTERNAL_TERMINAL
|
||||
IS_ANY_SEP
|
||||
IS_DIRECTORY_SEP
|
||||
@ -248,7 +233,6 @@ PTY_TTY_NAME_SPRINTF
|
||||
PURESIZE
|
||||
RUN_TIME_REMAP
|
||||
SA_RESTART
|
||||
SECTION_ALIGNMENT -- was only used by s/lynxos.h, maybe all code depending on it can be removed.
|
||||
SEGMENT_MASK
|
||||
SETPGRP_RELEASES_CTTY
|
||||
SETUP_SLAVE_PTY
|
||||
@ -263,15 +247,12 @@ SIGTRAP
|
||||
SIGTYPE
|
||||
SOLARIS2
|
||||
STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
SYMS_SYSTEM
|
||||
SYSTEM_PURESIZE_EXTRA
|
||||
SYSTEM_MALLOC
|
||||
SYSV_SYSTEM_DIR
|
||||
TAB3
|
||||
TABDLY
|
||||
TERM
|
||||
TEXT_START
|
||||
THIS_IS_CONFIGURE
|
||||
TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
|
||||
TIOCSIGSEND
|
||||
TM_IN_SYS_TIME
|
||||
@ -284,7 +265,6 @@ USG5
|
||||
USG5_4
|
||||
USG_SUBTTY_WORKS
|
||||
VALBITS
|
||||
WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
WRETCODE
|
||||
XINT
|
||||
XOS_NEEDS_TIME_H
|
||||
@ -322,10 +302,7 @@ _start
|
||||
abort
|
||||
access
|
||||
alloca
|
||||
bcmp
|
||||
bcopy
|
||||
brk
|
||||
bzero
|
||||
calloc
|
||||
chdir
|
||||
chmod
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,32 @@
|
||||
2010-08-09 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* CPP-DEFINES (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN): Remove.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-05 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* MAINTAINERS: Rename src/unexec.c => src/unexcoff.c.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-24 Christoph Scholtes <cschol2112@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* admin.el: Write version number to nt/makefile.w32-in.
|
||||
* nt/makedist.bat: Remove; replaced with `zipdist.bat'
|
||||
in the nt/ directory.
|
||||
* nt/README.W32: Relocate to nt/ directory.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-11 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* CPP-DEFINES (HAVE_INDEX, HAVE_RINDEX): Remove.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-08 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* MAINTAINERS: Update my responsibilities.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-07 Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* CPP-DEFINES (BCOPY_DOWNWARD_SAFE, BCOPY_UPWARD_SAFE)
|
||||
(GAP_USE_BCOPY, HAVE_BCMP, HAVE_BCOPY, bcmp, bcopy, bzero):
|
||||
Remove.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-12 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* unidata/bidimirror.awk: New file.
|
||||
@ -418,7 +447,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
* charsets/mapconv: Handle UNICODE2.
|
||||
|
||||
* charsets/Makefile (CJK): Include CP932-2BYTE.map
|
||||
* charsets/Makefile (CJK): Include CP932-2BYTE.map.
|
||||
(CP932-2BYTE.map): New target.
|
||||
|
||||
2008-02-01 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
|
||||
@ -738,7 +767,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
2004-08-28 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* FOR-RELEASE (Indications): Remove entry about GTK and geometry,
|
||||
* FOR-RELEASE (Indications): Remove entry about GTK and geometry
|
||||
(now behaves as well as other ports).
|
||||
|
||||
2004-06-28 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
@ -23,6 +23,11 @@ Jason Rumney
|
||||
W32
|
||||
|
||||
Eli Zaretskii
|
||||
|
||||
src/bidi.c
|
||||
bidirectional editing support in xdisp.c and elsewhere
|
||||
lisp/term/tty-colors.el
|
||||
|
||||
The MS-DOS (a.k.a. DJGPP) port:
|
||||
config.bat
|
||||
msdos/*
|
||||
@ -35,11 +40,7 @@ Eli Zaretskii
|
||||
lisp/dos-fns.el
|
||||
lisp/dos-w32.el
|
||||
lisp/dos-vars.el
|
||||
|
||||
lisp/term/tty-colors.el
|
||||
lisp/international/codepage.el
|
||||
|
||||
doc/emacs/msdog.texi
|
||||
doc/emacs/msdog.texi
|
||||
|
||||
Kenichi Handa
|
||||
Mule
|
||||
@ -91,6 +92,7 @@ Eli Zaretskii
|
||||
info/dir
|
||||
|
||||
src/xfaces.c
|
||||
src/xdisp.c
|
||||
src/term.c
|
||||
src/frame.c
|
||||
src/dired.c
|
||||
@ -189,7 +191,7 @@ src/tparam.c
|
||||
src/undo.c
|
||||
src/unexaix.c
|
||||
src/unexalpha.c
|
||||
src/unexec.c
|
||||
src/unexcoff.c
|
||||
src/unexelf.c
|
||||
src/unexhp9k800.c
|
||||
src/unexw32.c
|
||||
|
@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ Root must be the root of an Emacs source tree."
|
||||
(set-version-in-file root "lib-src/makefile.w32-in" version
|
||||
(rx (and "VERSION" (0+ space) "=" (0+ space)
|
||||
(submatch (1+ (in "0-9."))))))
|
||||
(set-version-in-file root "nt/makefile.w32-in" version
|
||||
(rx (and "VERSION" (0+ space) "=" (0+ space)
|
||||
(submatch (1+ (in "0-9."))))))
|
||||
;; nt/emacs.rc also contains the version number, but in an awkward
|
||||
;; format. It must contain four components, separated by commas, and
|
||||
;; in two places those commas are followed by space, in two other
|
||||
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@echo off
|
||||
|
||||
rem Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
rem Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
rem Cannot use brackets in andrewi's email below because
|
||||
rem older Windows shells will treat that as redirection.
|
||||
|
||||
rem Author: Andrew Innes andrewi@gnu.org
|
||||
|
||||
rem This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
rem GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
rem it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
rem the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
rem (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
rem GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
rem but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
rem MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
rem GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
rem You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
rem along with GNU Emacs. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (%3) == () goto usage
|
||||
if not (%4) == () goto %4
|
||||
|
||||
:bin
|
||||
|
||||
echo Create full bin distribution
|
||||
copy %3\README.W32 emacs-%1\README.W32
|
||||
rem Info-ZIP zip seems to be broken on Windows.
|
||||
rem It always writes to zip.zip and treats the zipfile argument as one
|
||||
rem of the files to go in it.
|
||||
rem zip -9 -r %2-bin-i386 emacs-%1/BUGS emacs-%1/COPYING emacs-%1/README emacs-%1/README.W32 emacs-%1/INSTALL emacs-%1/bin emacs-%1/etc emacs-%1/info emacs-%1/lisp emacs-%1/leim -x emacs.mdp *.pdb *.opt *~ CVS
|
||||
7z a -tZIP -mx=9 -xr!emacs.mdp -xr!*.pdb -xr!*.opt -xr!*~ -xr!CVS -xr!.arch-inventory %2-bin-i386.zip emacs-%1/BUGS emacs-%1/COPYING emacs-%1/README emacs-%1/README.W32 emacs-%1/INSTALL emacs-%1/bin emacs-%1/etc emacs-%1/info emacs-%1/lisp emacs-%1/leim emacs-%1/site-lisp
|
||||
del emacs-%1\README.W32
|
||||
if not (%4) == () goto end
|
||||
|
||||
:barebin
|
||||
echo Create archive with just the basic binaries and generated files
|
||||
echo (the user needs to unpack the full source distribution for
|
||||
echo everything else)
|
||||
copy %3\README.W32 emacs-%1\README.W32
|
||||
rem Info-ZIP zip seems to be broken on Windows.
|
||||
rem It always writes to zip.zip and treats the zipfile argument as one
|
||||
rem of the files to go in it.
|
||||
rem zip -9 -r %2-barebin-i386.zip emacs-%1/README.W32 emacs-%1/bin emacs-%1/etc/DOC-X emacs-%1/COPYING
|
||||
7z a -tZIP -mx=9 %2-barebin-i386.zip emacs-%1/README.W32 emacs-%1/bin emacs-%1/etc/DOC-X emacs-%1/COPYING
|
||||
del emacs-%1\README.W32
|
||||
if not (%4) == () goto end
|
||||
|
||||
goto end
|
||||
|
||||
:usage
|
||||
echo Generate source and binary distributions of emacs.
|
||||
echo Usage: %0 emacs-version dist-basename distfiles [bin,barebin]
|
||||
echo (e.g., %0 19.34 emacs-19.34.5 d:\andrewi\distfiles)
|
||||
:end
|
||||
|
||||
goto skipArchTag
|
||||
arch-tag: 6e2ddd92-c1c9-4992-b6b5-207aaab72f68
|
||||
:skipArchTag
|
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ if exist dir.h ren dir.h vmsdir.h
|
||||
|
||||
rem Create "makefile" from "makefile.in".
|
||||
rm -f Makefile makefile.tmp
|
||||
copy Makefile.in + deps.mk makefile.tmp
|
||||
copy Makefile.in+deps.mk makefile.tmp
|
||||
sed -f ../msdos/sed1v2.inp <makefile.tmp >Makefile
|
||||
rm -f makefile.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
|
706
configure
vendored
706
configure
vendored
@ -600,8 +600,6 @@ TOOLTIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
MOUSE_SUPPORT
|
||||
LIB_GCC
|
||||
LINKER
|
||||
POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS
|
||||
PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS
|
||||
LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM_TEMACS
|
||||
POST_ALLOC_OBJ
|
||||
PRE_ALLOC_OBJ
|
||||
@ -720,7 +718,7 @@ C_SWITCH_SYSTEM
|
||||
UNEXEC_OBJ
|
||||
C_SWITCH_MACHINE
|
||||
LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM
|
||||
cannot_dump
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP
|
||||
MAKEINFO
|
||||
GZIP_PROG
|
||||
INSTALL_INFO
|
||||
@ -728,6 +726,7 @@ RANLIB
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM
|
||||
C_WARNINGS_SWITCH
|
||||
EGREP
|
||||
GREP
|
||||
CPP
|
||||
@ -746,6 +745,8 @@ build_os
|
||||
build_vendor
|
||||
build_cpu
|
||||
build
|
||||
PROFILING_LDFLAGS
|
||||
PROFILING_CFLAGS
|
||||
MAINT
|
||||
GZIP_INFO
|
||||
target_alias
|
||||
@ -828,6 +829,7 @@ enable_asserts
|
||||
enable_maintainer_mode
|
||||
enable_locallisppath
|
||||
enable_checking
|
||||
enable_use_lisp_union_type
|
||||
enable_profiling
|
||||
enable_autodepend
|
||||
enable_largefile
|
||||
@ -1480,6 +1482,10 @@ Optional Features:
|
||||
only specific categories of checks. Categories are:
|
||||
all,yes,no. Flags are: stringbytes, stringoverrun,
|
||||
stringfreelist, xmallocoverrun, conslist
|
||||
--enable-use-lisp-union-type
|
||||
use a union for the Lisp_Object data type. This is
|
||||
only useful for development for catching certain
|
||||
types of bugs.
|
||||
--enable-profiling build emacs with profiling support. This might not
|
||||
work on all platforms
|
||||
--enable-autodepend automatically generate dependencies to .h-files.
|
||||
@ -1500,8 +1506,8 @@ Optional Packages:
|
||||
string giving default POP mail host
|
||||
--without-sound don't compile with sound support
|
||||
--without-sync-input process async input synchronously
|
||||
--with-x-toolkit=KIT use an X toolkit (KIT one of: yes or gtk, lucid or
|
||||
athena, motif, no)
|
||||
--with-x-toolkit=KIT use an X toolkit (KIT one of: yes or gtk, gtk3,
|
||||
lucid or athena, motif, no)
|
||||
--without-xpm don't compile with XPM image support
|
||||
--without-jpeg don't compile with JPEG image support
|
||||
--without-tiff don't compile with TIFF image support
|
||||
@ -2666,10 +2672,11 @@ if test "${with_x_toolkit+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
a | at | ath | athe | athen | athena ) val=athena ;;
|
||||
m | mo | mot | moti | motif ) val=motif ;;
|
||||
g | gt | gtk ) val=gtk ;;
|
||||
gtk3 ) val=gtk3 ;;
|
||||
* )
|
||||
as_fn_error "\`--with-x-toolkit=$withval' is invalid;
|
||||
this option's value should be \`yes', \`no', \`lucid', \`athena', \`motif' or \`gtk'.
|
||||
\`yes' and \`gtk' are synonyms. \`athena' and \`lucid' are synonyms." "$LINENO" 5
|
||||
this option's value should be \`yes', \`no', \`lucid', \`athena', \`motif', \`gtk' or
|
||||
\`gtk3'. \`yes' and \`gtk' are synonyms. \`athena' and \`lucid' are synonyms." "$LINENO" 5
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
with_x_toolkit=$val
|
||||
@ -2990,6 +2997,17 @@ $as_echo "#define GC_CHECK_CONS_LIST 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check whether --enable-use-lisp-union-type was given.
|
||||
if test "${enable_use_lisp_union_type+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
enableval=$enable_use_lisp_union_type; if test "${enableval}" != "no"; then
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define USE_LISP_UNION_TYPE 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Check whether --enable-profiling was given.
|
||||
if test "${enable_profiling+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
enableval=$enable_profiling; ac_enable_profiling="${enableval}"
|
||||
@ -3003,6 +3021,8 @@ else
|
||||
PROFILING_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Check whether --enable-autodepend was given.
|
||||
if test "${enable_autodepend+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
enableval=$enable_autodepend; ac_enable_autodepend="${enableval}"
|
||||
@ -4298,14 +4318,10 @@ then
|
||||
CC="$NON_GNU_CC"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$GCC = xyes && test "x$GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x
|
||||
then
|
||||
CC="$CC $GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$GCC = x && test "x$NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x
|
||||
then
|
||||
CC="$CC $NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
if test x$GCC = xyes; then
|
||||
test "x$GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x && CC="$CC $GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
test "x$NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x && CC="$CC $NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
ac_ext=c
|
||||
@ -4830,6 +4846,72 @@ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
### Use -Wold-style-definition if the compiler supports it
|
||||
# This can be removed when conversion to standard C is finished.
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether gcc understands -Wold-style-definition" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking whether gcc understands -Wold-style-definition... " >&6; }
|
||||
SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wold-style-definition"
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
has_option=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
has_option=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
if test $has_option = yes; then
|
||||
C_WARNINGS_SWITCH="-Wold-style-definition $C_WARNINGS_SWITCH"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $has_option" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$has_option" >&6; }
|
||||
CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
### Use -Wimplicit-function-declaration if the compiler supports it
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether gcc understands -Wimplicit-function-declaration" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking whether gcc understands -Wimplicit-function-declaration... " >&6; }
|
||||
SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wimplicit-function-declaration"
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
has_option=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
has_option=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
if test $has_option = yes; then
|
||||
C_WARNINGS_SWITCH="-Wimplicit-function-declaration $C_WARNINGS_SWITCH"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $has_option" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$has_option" >&6; }
|
||||
CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Some other nice autoconf tests.
|
||||
|
||||
ac_ext=c
|
||||
@ -5440,107 +5522,28 @@ fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
|
||||
conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
|
||||
#### Extract some information from the operating system and machine files.
|
||||
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the machine- and system-dependent files to find out
|
||||
- which libraries the lib-src programs will want, and
|
||||
- whether the GNU malloc routines are usable..." >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$as_me: checking the machine- and system-dependent files to find out
|
||||
- which libraries the lib-src programs will want, and
|
||||
- whether the GNU malloc routines are usable..." >&6;}
|
||||
|
||||
### First figure out CFLAGS (which we use for running the compiler here)
|
||||
### and REAL_CFLAGS (which we use for real compilation).
|
||||
### The two are the same except on a few systems, where they are made
|
||||
### different to work around various lossages. For example,
|
||||
### GCC 2.5 on GNU/Linux needs them to be different because it treats -g
|
||||
### as implying static linking.
|
||||
|
||||
### If the CFLAGS env var is specified, we use that value
|
||||
### instead of the default.
|
||||
|
||||
### It's not important that this name contain the PID; you can't run
|
||||
### two configures in the same directory and have anything work
|
||||
### anyway.
|
||||
tempcname="conftest.c"
|
||||
|
||||
echo '
|
||||
#include "'${srcdir}'/src/'${opsysfile}'"
|
||||
#include "'${srcdir}'/src/'${machfile}'"
|
||||
|
||||
configure___ LIBX=-lX11
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CANNOT_DUMP
|
||||
configure___ cannot_dump=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ cannot_dump=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SYSTEM_MALLOC
|
||||
configure___ system_malloc=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ system_malloc=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS
|
||||
configure___ use_mmap_for_buffers=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ use_mmap_for_buffers=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH -O2
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH -O
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef C_WARNINGS_SWITCH
|
||||
#define C_WARNINGS_SWITCH ${C_WARNINGS_SWITCH}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef THIS_IS_CONFIGURE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CFLAGS for tests in configure. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
configure___ CFLAGS=-g C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH '${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ CFLAGS='${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* not THIS_IS_CONFIGURE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CFLAGS for real compilation. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
configure___ REAL_CFLAGS=-g C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH C_WARNINGS_SWITCH ${PROFILING_CFLAGS} '${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ REAL_CFLAGS='${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not THIS_IS_CONFIGURE */
|
||||
' > ${tempcname}
|
||||
|
||||
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS} ${PROFILING_LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
|
||||
# The value of CPP is a quoted variable reference, so we need to do this
|
||||
# to get its actual value...
|
||||
CPP=`eval "echo $CPP"`
|
||||
eval `${CPP} -Isrc ${tempcname} \
|
||||
| sed -n -e 's/^configure___ \([^=]*=\)\(.*\)$/\1"\2"/p'`
|
||||
if test "x$SPECIFIED_CFLAGS" = x; then
|
||||
eval `${CPP} -Isrc -DTHIS_IS_CONFIGURE ${tempcname} \
|
||||
| sed -n -e 's/^configure___ \([^=]*=\)\(.*\)$/\1"\2"/p'`
|
||||
else
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm ${tempcname}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
your-opsys-here)
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP=yes
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define CANNOT_DUMP 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNEXEC_OBJ=unexelf.o
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
# MSDOS uses unexcoff.o
|
||||
# MSWindows uses unexw32.o
|
||||
aix4-2)
|
||||
UNEXEC_OBJ=unexaix.o
|
||||
;;
|
||||
@ -5921,7 +5924,7 @@ START_FILES=
|
||||
case $opsys in
|
||||
cygwin )
|
||||
LIB_MATH=
|
||||
START_FILES='ecrt0.o'
|
||||
START_FILES='pre-crt0.o'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin )
|
||||
## Adding -lm confuses the dynamic linker, so omit it.
|
||||
@ -5968,7 +5971,7 @@ eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header
|
||||
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
|
||||
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
|
||||
have_sound_header=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
done
|
||||
@ -6169,13 +6172,24 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_ALSA 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$have_sound_header = xyes || test $HAVE_ALSA = yes; then
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
gnu-linux|freebsd|netbsd)
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_SOUND 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for ac_header in sys/select.h sys/timeb.h sys/time.h unistd.h utime.h \
|
||||
linux/version.h sys/systeminfo.h termios.h limits.h string.h stdlib.h \
|
||||
stdio_ext.h fcntl.h strings.h coff.h pty.h sys/mman.h \
|
||||
sys/param.h sys/vlimit.h sys/resource.h locale.h sys/_mbstate_t.h \
|
||||
sys/utsname.h pwd.h utmp.h
|
||||
sys/utsname.h pwd.h utmp.h dirent.h util.h
|
||||
do :
|
||||
as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
|
||||
@ -7015,7 +7029,229 @@ else
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; }
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_c_bigendian+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
$as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
|
||||
# See if we're dealing with a universal compiler.
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
#ifndef __APPLE_CC__
|
||||
not a universal capable compiler
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for potential -arch flags. It is not universal unless
|
||||
# there are at least two -arch flags with different values.
|
||||
ac_arch=
|
||||
ac_prev=
|
||||
for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
|
||||
case $ac_word in
|
||||
i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64)
|
||||
if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then
|
||||
ac_arch=$ac_word
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
ac_prev=
|
||||
elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then
|
||||
ac_prev=arch
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
|
||||
# See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \
|
||||
&& defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \
|
||||
&& LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
bogus endian macros
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
# It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
not big endian
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
|
||||
# See if <limits.h> defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris).
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN)
|
||||
bogus endian macros
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
# It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not.
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
not big endian
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
|
||||
# Compile a test program.
|
||||
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
|
||||
# Try to guess by grepping values from an object file.
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
short int ascii_mm[] =
|
||||
{ 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
|
||||
short int ascii_ii[] =
|
||||
{ 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
|
||||
int use_ascii (int i) {
|
||||
return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
short int ebcdic_ii[] =
|
||||
{ 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
|
||||
short int ebcdic_mm[] =
|
||||
{ 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
|
||||
int use_ebcdic (int i) {
|
||||
return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
extern int foo;
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo);
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
# finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
else
|
||||
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
/* end confdefs.h. */
|
||||
$ac_includes_default
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
long int l;
|
||||
char c[sizeof (long int)];
|
||||
} u;
|
||||
u.l = 1;
|
||||
return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1;
|
||||
|
||||
;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
|
||||
conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; }
|
||||
case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #(
|
||||
yes)
|
||||
$as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
;; #(
|
||||
no)
|
||||
;; #(
|
||||
universal)
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
;; #(
|
||||
*)
|
||||
as_fn_error "unknown endianness
|
||||
presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
|
||||
@ -7420,7 +7656,7 @@ tmp_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
tmp_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -x objective-c"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -x objective-c"
|
||||
TEMACS_LDFLAGS2="\${LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
TEMACS_LDFLAGS2="\${LDFLAGS} \${PROFILING_LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
if test "${with_ns}" != no; then
|
||||
if test "${opsys}" = darwin; then
|
||||
NS_IMPL_COCOA=yes
|
||||
@ -7444,7 +7680,6 @@ if test "${with_ns}" != no; then
|
||||
GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES="-L${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES}"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$REAL_CFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_LIBRARIES} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES}"
|
||||
LIB_STANDARD=
|
||||
START_FILES=
|
||||
@ -7515,6 +7750,8 @@ case "${window_system}" in
|
||||
motif ) USE_X_TOOLKIT=MOTIF ;;
|
||||
gtk ) with_gtk=yes
|
||||
USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
gtk3 ) with_gtk3=yes
|
||||
USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
no ) USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
* ) USE_X_TOOLKIT=maybe ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
@ -7633,7 +7870,17 @@ if test $emacs_cv_var___after_morecore_hook = no; then
|
||||
doug_lea_malloc=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
system_malloc=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## darwin ld insists on the use of malloc routines in the System framework.
|
||||
darwin|sol2-10) system_malloc=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${system_malloc}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define SYSTEM_MALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
GNU_MALLOC=no
|
||||
GNU_MALLOC_reason="
|
||||
(The GNU allocators don't work with this system configuration.)"
|
||||
@ -7668,6 +7915,10 @@ if test x"${REL_ALLOC}" = x; then
|
||||
REL_ALLOC=${GNU_MALLOC}
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
use_mmap_for_buffers=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
freebsd|irix6-5) use_mmap_for_buffers=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -7872,6 +8123,9 @@ fi
|
||||
rm -f conftest.mmap conftest.txt
|
||||
|
||||
if test $use_mmap_for_buffers = yes; then
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
REL_ALLOC=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
@ -8060,12 +8314,13 @@ esac
|
||||
# used for the tests that follow. We set them back to REAL_CFLAGS and
|
||||
# REAL_CPPFLAGS later on.
|
||||
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
REAL_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
DEFS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $DEFS"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LD_SWITCH_X_SITE"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBX $LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $CFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -8227,6 +8482,18 @@ $as_echo "6 or newer" >&6; }
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_X11R6 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_X_I18N 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
## inoue@ainet.or.jp says Solaris has a bug related to X11R6-style
|
||||
## XIM support.
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
sol2-*) : ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_X11R6_XIM 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
else
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: before 6" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "before 6" >&6; }
|
||||
@ -8485,6 +8752,112 @@ fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_GTK=no
|
||||
if test "${with_gtk3}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
GLIB_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
GTK_REQUIRED=2.90
|
||||
GTK_MODULES="gtk+-3.0 >= $GTK_REQUIRED glib-2.0 >= $GLIB_REQUIRED"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
succeeded=no
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
|
||||
set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then :
|
||||
$as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $PKG_CONFIG in
|
||||
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
|
||||
ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
|
||||
for as_dir in $PATH
|
||||
do
|
||||
IFS=$as_save_IFS
|
||||
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
|
||||
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
|
||||
if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
|
||||
ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
|
||||
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
|
||||
break 2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS=$as_save_IFS
|
||||
|
||||
test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" && ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="no"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG
|
||||
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
|
||||
else
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$PKG_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
|
||||
pkg_check_gtk=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
PKG_CONFIG_MIN_VERSION=0.9.0
|
||||
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $PKG_CONFIG_MIN_VERSION; then
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $GTK_MODULES" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking for $GTK_MODULES... " >&6; }
|
||||
|
||||
if $PKG_CONFIG --exists "$GTK_MODULES" 2>&5; then
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
|
||||
succeeded=yes
|
||||
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking GTK_CFLAGS" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking GTK_CFLAGS... " >&6; }
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "$GTK_MODULES"|sed -e 's,///*,/,g'`
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GTK_CFLAGS" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$GTK_CFLAGS" >&6; }
|
||||
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking GTK_LIBS" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo_n "checking GTK_LIBS... " >&6; }
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "$GTK_MODULES"|sed -e 's,///*,/,g'`
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GTK_LIBS" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "$GTK_LIBS" >&6; }
|
||||
else
|
||||
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
|
||||
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
|
||||
GTK_CFLAGS=""
|
||||
GTK_LIBS=""
|
||||
## If we have a custom action on failure, don't print errors, but
|
||||
## do set a variable so people can do so.
|
||||
GTK_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --errors-to-stdout --print-errors "$GTK_MODULES"`
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "*** Your version of pkg-config is too old. You need version $PKG_CONFIG_MIN_VERSION or newer."
|
||||
echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test $succeeded = yes; then
|
||||
pkg_check_gtk=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
pkg_check_gtk=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$pkg_check_gtk" = "no" && test "$USE_X_TOOLKIT" != "maybe"; then
|
||||
as_fn_error "$GTK_PKG_ERRORS" "$LINENO" 5
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$pkg_check_gtk" != "yes"; then
|
||||
HAVE_GTK=no
|
||||
if test "${with_gtk}" = "yes" || test "$USE_X_TOOLKIT" = "maybe"; then
|
||||
GLIB_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
GTK_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
@ -8588,7 +8961,7 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; }
|
||||
as_fn_error "$GTK_PKG_ERRORS" "$LINENO" 5
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_OBJ=
|
||||
if test x"$pkg_check_gtk" = xyes; then
|
||||
@ -8644,24 +9017,6 @@ if test "${HAVE_GTK}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$with_toolkit_scroll_bars" != no; then
|
||||
with_toolkit_scroll_bars=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY=no
|
||||
for ac_func in gdk_display_open
|
||||
do :
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "gdk_display_open" "ac_cv_func_gdk_display_open"
|
||||
if test "x$ac_cv_func_gdk_display_open" = x""yes; then :
|
||||
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
|
||||
#define HAVE_GDK_DISPLAY_OPEN 1
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=no
|
||||
@ -8682,49 +9037,13 @@ if test "x$ac_cv_func_gtk_file_selection_new" = x""yes; then :
|
||||
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
|
||||
#define HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW 1
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=no
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER" "ac_cv_have_decl_GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER" "$ac_includes_default
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
"
|
||||
if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER" = x""yes; then :
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
for ac_func in gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new
|
||||
do :
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new" "ac_cv_func_gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new"
|
||||
if test "x$ac_cv_func_gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new" = x""yes; then :
|
||||
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
|
||||
#define HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW 1
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION" = yes \
|
||||
&& test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD=no
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD=no
|
||||
for ac_header in pthread.h
|
||||
do :
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "pthread.h" "ac_cv_header_pthread_h" "$ac_includes_default"
|
||||
@ -8788,7 +9107,24 @@ fi
|
||||
$as_echo "#define HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for ac_func in gtk_widget_get_window gtk_widget_set_has_window \
|
||||
gtk_dialog_get_action_area gtk_widget_get_sensitive \
|
||||
gtk_widget_get_mapped gtk_adjustment_get_page_size \
|
||||
gtk_orientable_set_orientation
|
||||
do :
|
||||
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
|
||||
eval as_val=\$$as_ac_var
|
||||
if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
|
||||
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
|
||||
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
|
||||
_ACEOF
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DBUS=no
|
||||
@ -11249,14 +11585,14 @@ esac
|
||||
|
||||
for ac_func in gethostname getdomainname dup2 \
|
||||
rename closedir mkdir rmdir sysinfo getrusage get_current_dir_name \
|
||||
random lrand48 bcopy bcmp logb frexp fmod rint cbrt ftime setsid \
|
||||
random lrand48 logb frexp fmod rint cbrt ftime setsid \
|
||||
strerror fpathconf select mktime euidaccess getpagesize tzset setlocale \
|
||||
utimes getrlimit setrlimit setpgid getcwd getwd shutdown getaddrinfo \
|
||||
__fpending mblen mbrlen mbsinit strsignal setitimer ualarm index rindex \
|
||||
__fpending mblen mbrlen mbsinit strsignal setitimer ualarm strchr strrchr \
|
||||
sendto recvfrom getsockopt setsockopt getsockname getpeername \
|
||||
gai_strerror mkstemp getline getdelim mremap memmove fsync sync bzero \
|
||||
gai_strerror mkstemp getline getdelim mremap memmove fsync sync \
|
||||
memset memcmp difftime memcpy mempcpy mblen mbrlen posix_memalign \
|
||||
cfmakeraw cfsetspeed isnan copysign
|
||||
cfmakeraw cfsetspeed isnan copysign __executable_start
|
||||
do :
|
||||
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
|
||||
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
|
||||
@ -14205,9 +14541,7 @@ LINKER=
|
||||
ORDINARY_LINK=
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## gnu: GNU needs its own crt0.
|
||||
aix4-2|darwin|gnu|usg5-4|irix6-5|sol2*|unixware) ORDINARY_LINK=yes ;;
|
||||
|
||||
cygwin) LINKER="\$(CC)" ;;
|
||||
aix4-2|cygwin|darwin|gnu|hpux*|irix6-5|sol2*|unixware) ORDINARY_LINK=yes ;;
|
||||
|
||||
## On post 1.3 releases of NetBSD, gcc -nostdlib also clears the
|
||||
## library search parth, i.e. it won't search /usr/lib for libc and
|
||||
@ -14226,8 +14560,6 @@ case "$opsys" in
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
if test "x$ORDINARY_LINK" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
LINKER="\$(CC)"
|
||||
@ -14236,7 +14568,7 @@ $as_echo "#define ORDINARY_LINK 1" >>confdefs.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## The system files defining neither ORDINARY_LINK nor LINKER are:
|
||||
## (bsd-common), freebsd, gnu-* not on macppc|ibms390x, hpux*.
|
||||
## freebsd, gnu-* not on macppc|ibms390x.
|
||||
elif test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$LINKER" = "x"; then
|
||||
|
||||
## Versions of GCC >= 2.0 put their library, libgcc.a, in obscure
|
||||
@ -14248,18 +14580,8 @@ elif test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$LINKER" = "x"; then
|
||||
## searching for libraries in its internal directories, so we have to
|
||||
## ask GCC explicitly where to find libgcc.a (LIB_GCC below).
|
||||
LINKER="\$(CC) -nostdlib"
|
||||
## GCC passes any argument prefixed with -Xlinker directly to the linker.
|
||||
## See prefix-args.c for an explanation of why we do not do this with the
|
||||
## shell''s ``for'' construct. Note that sane people do not have '.' in
|
||||
## their paths, so we must use ./prefix-args.
|
||||
## TODO either make prefix-args check ORDINARY_LINK internally,
|
||||
## or remove it altogether (bug#6184), removing the need for this hack.
|
||||
PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS='`./prefix-args -Xlinker'
|
||||
POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS='`'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
test "x$LINKER" = "x" && LINKER=ld
|
||||
## FIXME? What setting of EDIT_LDFLAGS should this have?
|
||||
test "$NS_IMPL_GNUSTEP" = "yes" && LINKER="\$(CC) -rdynamic"
|
||||
@ -14274,8 +14596,7 @@ LIB_GCC=
|
||||
if test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$ORDINARY_LINK" != "xyes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## cygwin: don't link against static libgcc.
|
||||
cygwin|freebsd|netbsd|openbsd) LIB_GCC= ;;
|
||||
freebsd|netbsd|openbsd) LIB_GCC= ;;
|
||||
|
||||
gnu-*)
|
||||
## armin76@gentoo.org reported that the lgcc_s flag is necessary to
|
||||
@ -14512,6 +14833,7 @@ LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
|
||||
ac_write_fail=0
|
||||
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
|
||||
|
370
configure.in
370
configure.in
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ dnl This should be the last --with option, because --with-x is
|
||||
dnl added later on when we find the path of X, and it's best to
|
||||
dnl keep them together visually.
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([x-toolkit],[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-x-toolkit=KIT],
|
||||
[use an X toolkit (KIT one of: yes or gtk, lucid or athena, motif, no)])],
|
||||
[use an X toolkit (KIT one of: yes or gtk, gtk3, lucid or athena, motif, no)])],
|
||||
[ case "${withval}" in
|
||||
y | ye | yes ) val=gtk ;;
|
||||
n | no ) val=no ;;
|
||||
@ -137,10 +137,11 @@ AC_ARG_WITH([x-toolkit],[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-x-toolkit=KIT],
|
||||
a | at | ath | athe | athen | athena ) val=athena ;;
|
||||
m | mo | mot | moti | motif ) val=motif ;;
|
||||
g | gt | gtk ) val=gtk ;;
|
||||
gtk3 ) val=gtk3 ;;
|
||||
* )
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([`--with-x-toolkit=$withval' is invalid;
|
||||
this option's value should be `yes', `no', `lucid', `athena', `motif' or `gtk'.
|
||||
`yes' and `gtk' are synonyms. `athena' and `lucid' are synonyms.])
|
||||
this option's value should be `yes', `no', `lucid', `athena', `motif', `gtk' or
|
||||
`gtk3'. `yes' and `gtk' are synonyms. `athena' and `lucid' are synonyms.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
with_x_toolkit=$val
|
||||
@ -305,6 +306,16 @@ if test x$ac_gc_check_cons_list != x ; then
|
||||
[Define this to check for errors in cons list.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(use-lisp-union-type,
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-use-lisp-union-type],
|
||||
[use a union for the Lisp_Object data type.
|
||||
This is only useful for development for catching certain types of bugs.])],
|
||||
if test "${enableval}" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(USE_LISP_UNION_TYPE, 1,
|
||||
[Define this to use a lisp union for the Lisp_Object data type.])
|
||||
fi)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(profiling,
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-profiling],
|
||||
[build emacs with profiling support.
|
||||
@ -317,6 +328,8 @@ else
|
||||
PROFILING_CFLAGS=
|
||||
PROFILING_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PROFILING_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PROFILING_LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(autodepend,
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-autodepend],
|
||||
@ -710,14 +723,10 @@ then
|
||||
CC="$NON_GNU_CC"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$GCC = xyes && test "x$GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x
|
||||
then
|
||||
CC="$CC $GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$GCC = x && test "x$NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x
|
||||
then
|
||||
CC="$CC $NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
if test x$GCC = xyes; then
|
||||
test "x$GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x && CC="$CC $GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
test "x$NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS" != x && CC="$CC $NON_GCC_TEST_OPTIONS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl checks for Unix variants
|
||||
@ -749,6 +758,36 @@ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
### Use -Wold-style-definition if the compiler supports it
|
||||
# This can be removed when conversion to standard C is finished.
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands -Wold-style-definition])
|
||||
SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wold-style-definition"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], has_option=yes, has_option=no,)
|
||||
if test $has_option = yes; then
|
||||
C_WARNINGS_SWITCH="-Wold-style-definition $C_WARNINGS_SWITCH"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
### Use -Wimplicit-function-declaration if the compiler supports it
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands -Wimplicit-function-declaration])
|
||||
SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wimplicit-function-declaration"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], has_option=yes, has_option=no,)
|
||||
if test $has_option = yes; then
|
||||
C_WARNINGS_SWITCH="-Wimplicit-function-declaration $C_WARNINGS_SWITCH"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
|
||||
unset has_option
|
||||
unset SAVE_CFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(C_WARNINGS_SWITCH)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Some other nice autoconf tests.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl checks for programs
|
||||
@ -838,104 +877,29 @@ AC_LINK_IFELSE([main(){return 0;}],
|
||||
LDFLAGS=$late_LDFLAGS
|
||||
[AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
|
||||
|
||||
#### Extract some information from the operating system and machine files.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECKING([the machine- and system-dependent files to find out
|
||||
- which libraries the lib-src programs will want, and
|
||||
- whether the GNU malloc routines are usable])
|
||||
|
||||
### First figure out CFLAGS (which we use for running the compiler here)
|
||||
### and REAL_CFLAGS (which we use for real compilation).
|
||||
### The two are the same except on a few systems, where they are made
|
||||
### different to work around various lossages. For example,
|
||||
### GCC 2.5 on GNU/Linux needs them to be different because it treats -g
|
||||
### as implying static linking.
|
||||
|
||||
### If the CFLAGS env var is specified, we use that value
|
||||
### instead of the default.
|
||||
|
||||
### It's not important that this name contain the PID; you can't run
|
||||
### two configures in the same directory and have anything work
|
||||
### anyway.
|
||||
tempcname="conftest.c"
|
||||
|
||||
echo '
|
||||
#include "'${srcdir}'/src/'${opsysfile}'"
|
||||
#include "'${srcdir}'/src/'${machfile}'"
|
||||
|
||||
configure___ LIBX=-lX11
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CANNOT_DUMP
|
||||
configure___ cannot_dump=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ cannot_dump=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SYSTEM_MALLOC
|
||||
configure___ system_malloc=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ system_malloc=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS
|
||||
configure___ use_mmap_for_buffers=yes
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ use_mmap_for_buffers=no
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH -O2
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH -O
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef C_WARNINGS_SWITCH
|
||||
#define C_WARNINGS_SWITCH ${C_WARNINGS_SWITCH}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef THIS_IS_CONFIGURE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CFLAGS for tests in configure. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
configure___ CFLAGS=-g C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH '${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ CFLAGS='${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* not THIS_IS_CONFIGURE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CFLAGS for real compilation. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
configure___ REAL_CFLAGS=-g C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH C_WARNINGS_SWITCH ${PROFILING_CFLAGS} '${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
configure___ REAL_CFLAGS='${SPECIFIED_CFLAGS}'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not THIS_IS_CONFIGURE */
|
||||
' > ${tempcname}
|
||||
|
||||
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS} ${PROFILING_LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
|
||||
# The value of CPP is a quoted variable reference, so we need to do this
|
||||
# to get its actual value...
|
||||
CPP=`eval "echo $CPP"`
|
||||
[eval `${CPP} -Isrc ${tempcname} \
|
||||
| sed -n -e 's/^configure___ \([^=]*=\)\(.*\)$/\1"\2"/p'`
|
||||
if test "x$SPECIFIED_CFLAGS" = x; then
|
||||
eval `${CPP} -Isrc -DTHIS_IS_CONFIGURE ${tempcname} \
|
||||
| sed -n -e 's/^configure___ \([^=]*=\)\(.*\)$/\1"\2"/p'`
|
||||
else
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
fi]
|
||||
rm ${tempcname}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(cannot_dump)
|
||||
dnl Not used by any currently supported platform.
|
||||
dnl The function dump-emacs will not be defined and temacs will do
|
||||
dnl (load "loadup") automatically unless told otherwise.
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
your-opsys-here)
|
||||
CANNOT_DUMP=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(CANNOT_DUMP, 1, [Define if Emacs cannot be dumped on your system.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CANNOT_DUMP)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNEXEC_OBJ=unexelf.o
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
# MSDOS uses unexcoff.o
|
||||
# MSWindows uses unexw32.o
|
||||
aix4-2)
|
||||
UNEXEC_OBJ=unexaix.o
|
||||
;;
|
||||
@ -1117,7 +1081,7 @@ START_FILES=
|
||||
case $opsys in
|
||||
cygwin )
|
||||
LIB_MATH=
|
||||
START_FILES='ecrt0.o'
|
||||
START_FILES='pre-crt0.o'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin )
|
||||
## Adding -lm confuses the dynamic linker, so omit it.
|
||||
@ -1206,7 +1170,8 @@ AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${with_sound}" != "no"; then
|
||||
# Sound support for GNU/Linux and the free BSDs.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(machine/soundcard.h sys/soundcard.h soundcard.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(machine/soundcard.h sys/soundcard.h soundcard.h,
|
||||
have_sound_header=yes)
|
||||
# Emulation library used on NetBSD.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(ossaudio, _oss_ioctl, LIBSOUND=-lossaudio, LIBSOUND=)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBSOUND)
|
||||
@ -1239,6 +1204,19 @@ if test "${with_sound}" != "no"; then
|
||||
CFLAGS_SOUND="$CFLAGS_SOUND $ALSA_CFLAGS"
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ALSA, 1, [Define to 1 if ALSA is available.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Define HAVE_SOUND if we have sound support. We know it works and
|
||||
dnl compiles only on the specified platforms. For others, it
|
||||
dnl probably doesn't make sense to try.
|
||||
if test x$have_sound_header = xyes || test $HAVE_ALSA = yes; then
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
dnl defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __NetBSD__ || defined __linux__
|
||||
gnu-linux|freebsd|netbsd)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOUND, 1, [Define to 1 if you have sound support.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_SOUND)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1247,7 +1225,7 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/select.h sys/timeb.h sys/time.h unistd.h utime.h \
|
||||
linux/version.h sys/systeminfo.h termios.h limits.h string.h stdlib.h \
|
||||
stdio_ext.h fcntl.h strings.h coff.h pty.h sys/mman.h \
|
||||
sys/param.h sys/vlimit.h sys/resource.h locale.h sys/_mbstate_t.h \
|
||||
sys/utsname.h pwd.h utmp.h)
|
||||
sys/utsname.h pwd.h utmp.h dirent.h util.h)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(if personality LINUX32 can be set)
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/personality.h>], [personality (PER_LINUX32)],
|
||||
@ -1382,11 +1360,8 @@ AH_TEMPLATE(POINTER_TYPE,
|
||||
[Define as `void' if your compiler accepts `void *'; otherwise
|
||||
define as `char'.])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This could be used for targets which can have both byte sexes.
|
||||
dnl We could presumably replace the hardwired WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN generally.
|
||||
dnl AC_C_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
dnl Check for endianess
|
||||
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
dnl check for Make feature
|
||||
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
|
||||
@ -1512,7 +1487,7 @@ tmp_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
tmp_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -x objective-c"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -x objective-c"
|
||||
TEMACS_LDFLAGS2="\${LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
TEMACS_LDFLAGS2="\${LDFLAGS} \${PROFILING_LDFLAGS}"
|
||||
dnl I don't think it's especially important, but src/Makefile.in
|
||||
dnl (now the only user of ns_appdir) used to go to the trouble of adding a
|
||||
dnl trailing "/" to it, so now we do it here.
|
||||
@ -1541,7 +1516,6 @@ if test "${with_ns}" != no; then
|
||||
GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES="-L${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES}"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$REAL_CFLAGS -I${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_HEADERS} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_HEADERS}"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L${GNUSTEP_SYSTEM_LIBRARIES} ${GNUSTEP_LOCAL_LIBRARIES}"
|
||||
LIB_STANDARD=
|
||||
START_FILES=
|
||||
@ -1595,6 +1569,8 @@ case "${window_system}" in
|
||||
dnl Dont set this for GTK. A lot of tests below assumes Xt when
|
||||
dnl USE_X_TOOLKIT is set.
|
||||
USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
gtk3 ) with_gtk3=yes
|
||||
USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
no ) USE_X_TOOLKIT=none ;;
|
||||
dnl If user did not say whether to use a toolkit, make this decision later:
|
||||
dnl use the toolkit if we have gtk, or X11R5 or newer.
|
||||
@ -1645,7 +1621,16 @@ if test $emacs_cv_var___after_morecore_hook = no; then
|
||||
doug_lea_malloc=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl See comments in aix4-2.h about maybe using system malloc there.
|
||||
system_malloc=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## darwin ld insists on the use of malloc routines in the System framework.
|
||||
darwin|sol2-10) system_malloc=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${system_malloc}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(SYSTEM_MALLOC, 1, [Define to use system malloc.])
|
||||
GNU_MALLOC=no
|
||||
GNU_MALLOC_reason="
|
||||
(The GNU allocators don't work with this system configuration.)"
|
||||
@ -1679,12 +1664,14 @@ if test x"${REL_ALLOC}" = x; then
|
||||
REL_ALLOC=${GNU_MALLOC}
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For now, need to use an explicit `#define USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS 1'
|
||||
dnl the system configuration file (s/*.h) to turn the use of mmap
|
||||
dnl in the relocating allocator on.
|
||||
use_mmap_for_buffers=no
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
freebsd|irix6-5) use_mmap_for_buffers=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
AC_FUNC_MMAP
|
||||
if test $use_mmap_for_buffers = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(USE_MMAP_FOR_BUFFERS, 1, [Define to use mmap to allocate buffer text.])
|
||||
REL_ALLOC=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1734,12 +1721,13 @@ esac
|
||||
# used for the tests that follow. We set them back to REAL_CFLAGS and
|
||||
# REAL_CPPFLAGS later on.
|
||||
|
||||
REAL_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
REAL_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${HAVE_X11}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
DEFS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $DEFS"
|
||||
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LD_SWITCH_X_SITE"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBX $LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $CFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$C_SWITCH_X_SITE $CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1815,6 +1803,15 @@ fail;
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(6 or newer)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_X11R6, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if you have the X11R6 or newer version of Xlib.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_X_I18N, 1, [Define if you have usable i18n support.])
|
||||
## inoue@ainet.or.jp says Solaris has a bug related to X11R6-style
|
||||
## XIM support.
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
sol2-*) : ;;
|
||||
*) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_X11R6_XIM, 1,
|
||||
[Define if you have usable X11R6-style XIM support.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(before 6)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@ -1862,6 +1859,20 @@ fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_GTK=no
|
||||
if test "${with_gtk3}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
GLIB_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
GTK_REQUIRED=2.90
|
||||
GTK_MODULES="gtk+-3.0 >= $GTK_REQUIRED glib-2.0 >= $GLIB_REQUIRED"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for libraries.
|
||||
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTK, $GTK_MODULES, pkg_check_gtk=yes, pkg_check_gtk=no)
|
||||
if test "$pkg_check_gtk" = "no" && test "$USE_X_TOOLKIT" != "maybe"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR($GTK_PKG_ERRORS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$pkg_check_gtk" != "yes"; then
|
||||
HAVE_GTK=no
|
||||
if test "${with_gtk}" = "yes" || test "$USE_X_TOOLKIT" = "maybe"; then
|
||||
GLIB_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
GTK_REQUIRED=2.6
|
||||
@ -1873,7 +1884,7 @@ if test "${with_gtk}" = "yes" || test "$USE_X_TOOLKIT" = "maybe"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR($GTK_PKG_ERRORS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_OBJ=
|
||||
if test x"$pkg_check_gtk" = xyes; then
|
||||
@ -1918,15 +1929,6 @@ if test "${HAVE_GTK}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
with_toolkit_scroll_bars=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check if we can use multiple displays with this GTK version.
|
||||
dnl If gdk_display_open exists, assume all others are there also.
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY=no
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gdk_display_open, HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY=yes)
|
||||
if test "${HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if GTK can handle more than one display.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check if we have the old file selection dialog declared and
|
||||
dnl in the link library. In 2.x it may be in the library,
|
||||
dnl but not declared if deprecated featured has been selected out.
|
||||
@ -1936,29 +1938,11 @@ if test "${HAVE_GTK}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=no, [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>])
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gtk_file_selection_new, HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=yes,
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION=no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check if we have the new file chooser dialog
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECL(GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER, HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=yes,
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no, [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>])
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new, HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=yes,
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER=no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION" = yes \
|
||||
&& test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if GTK has both file selection and chooser dialog.])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gtk_file_selection_new)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check if pthreads are available. Emacs only needs this when using
|
||||
dnl gtk_file_chooser under Gnome.
|
||||
if test "$HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD=no
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pthread.h)
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_header_pthread_h"; then
|
||||
@ -1972,7 +1956,13 @@ if test "${HAVE_GTK}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if you have GTK and pthread (-lpthread).])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Check for functions introduced in 2.14 and later.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gtk_widget_get_window gtk_widget_set_has_window \
|
||||
gtk_dialog_get_action_area gtk_widget_get_sensitive \
|
||||
gtk_widget_get_mapped gtk_adjustment_get_page_size \
|
||||
gtk_orientable_set_orientation)
|
||||
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl D-Bus has been tested under GNU/Linux only. Must be adapted for
|
||||
@ -2651,14 +2641,14 @@ AC_SUBST(BLESSMAIL_TARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostname getdomainname dup2 \
|
||||
rename closedir mkdir rmdir sysinfo getrusage get_current_dir_name \
|
||||
random lrand48 bcopy bcmp logb frexp fmod rint cbrt ftime setsid \
|
||||
random lrand48 logb frexp fmod rint cbrt ftime setsid \
|
||||
strerror fpathconf select mktime euidaccess getpagesize tzset setlocale \
|
||||
utimes getrlimit setrlimit setpgid getcwd getwd shutdown getaddrinfo \
|
||||
__fpending mblen mbrlen mbsinit strsignal setitimer ualarm index rindex \
|
||||
__fpending mblen mbrlen mbsinit strsignal setitimer ualarm strchr strrchr \
|
||||
sendto recvfrom getsockopt setsockopt getsockname getpeername \
|
||||
gai_strerror mkstemp getline getdelim mremap memmove fsync sync bzero \
|
||||
gai_strerror mkstemp getline getdelim mremap memmove fsync sync \
|
||||
memset memcmp difftime memcpy mempcpy mblen mbrlen posix_memalign \
|
||||
cfmakeraw cfsetspeed isnan copysign)
|
||||
cfmakeraw cfsetspeed isnan copysign __executable_start)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/un.h)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -3373,9 +3363,7 @@ LINKER=
|
||||
ORDINARY_LINK=
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## gnu: GNU needs its own crt0.
|
||||
aix4-2|darwin|gnu|usg5-4|irix6-5|sol2*|unixware) ORDINARY_LINK=yes ;;
|
||||
|
||||
cygwin) LINKER="\$(CC)" ;;
|
||||
aix4-2|cygwin|darwin|gnu|hpux*|irix6-5|sol2*|unixware) ORDINARY_LINK=yes ;;
|
||||
|
||||
## On post 1.3 releases of NetBSD, gcc -nostdlib also clears the
|
||||
## library search parth, i.e. it won't search /usr/lib for libc and
|
||||
@ -3394,15 +3382,13 @@ case "$opsys" in
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS=
|
||||
if test "x$ORDINARY_LINK" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
LINKER="\$(CC)"
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ORDINARY_LINK, 1, [Define if the C compiler is the linker.])
|
||||
|
||||
## The system files defining neither ORDINARY_LINK nor LINKER are:
|
||||
## (bsd-common), freebsd, gnu-* not on macppc|ibms390x, hpux*.
|
||||
## freebsd, gnu-* not on macppc|ibms390x.
|
||||
elif test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$LINKER" = "x"; then
|
||||
|
||||
## Versions of GCC >= 2.0 put their library, libgcc.a, in obscure
|
||||
@ -3414,17 +3400,7 @@ elif test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$LINKER" = "x"; then
|
||||
## searching for libraries in its internal directories, so we have to
|
||||
## ask GCC explicitly where to find libgcc.a (LIB_GCC below).
|
||||
LINKER="\$(CC) -nostdlib"
|
||||
## GCC passes any argument prefixed with -Xlinker directly to the linker.
|
||||
## See prefix-args.c for an explanation of why we do not do this with the
|
||||
## shell''s ``for'' construct. Note that sane people do not have '.' in
|
||||
## their paths, so we must use ./prefix-args.
|
||||
## TODO either make prefix-args check ORDINARY_LINK internally,
|
||||
## or remove it altogether (bug#6184), removing the need for this hack.
|
||||
PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS='`./prefix-args -Xlinker'
|
||||
POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS='`'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PRE_EDIT_LDFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POST_EDIT_LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
test "x$LINKER" = "x" && LINKER=ld
|
||||
## FIXME? What setting of EDIT_LDFLAGS should this have?
|
||||
@ -3440,8 +3416,7 @@ LIB_GCC=
|
||||
if test "x$GCC" = "xyes" && test "x$ORDINARY_LINK" != "xyes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
case "$opsys" in
|
||||
## cygwin: don't link against static libgcc.
|
||||
cygwin|freebsd|netbsd|openbsd) LIB_GCC= ;;
|
||||
freebsd|netbsd|openbsd) LIB_GCC= ;;
|
||||
|
||||
gnu-*)
|
||||
## armin76@gentoo.org reported that the lgcc_s flag is necessary to
|
||||
@ -3517,25 +3492,6 @@ AH_BOTTOM([
|
||||
/* Turned on June 1996 supposing nobody will mind it. */
|
||||
#define AMPERSAND_FULL_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define HAVE_SOUND if we have sound support. We know it works
|
||||
and compiles only on the specified platforms. For others,
|
||||
it probably doesn't make sense to try. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __NetBSD__ || defined __linux__
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MACHINE_SOUNDCARD_H
|
||||
#define HAVE_SOUND 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOUNDCARD_H
|
||||
#define HAVE_SOUND 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_SOUNDCARD_H
|
||||
#define HAVE_SOUND 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALSA
|
||||
#define HAVE_SOUND 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* __FreeBSD__ || __NetBSD__ || __linux__ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using GNU, then support inline function declarations. */
|
||||
/* Don't try to switch on inline handling as detected by AC_C_INLINE
|
||||
generally, because even if non-gcc compilers accept `inline', they
|
||||
@ -3595,11 +3551,6 @@ SYSTEM_PURESIZE_EXTRA seems like the least likely to cause problems. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define my_strftime nstrftime /* for strftime.c */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some of the files of Emacs which are intended for use with other
|
||||
programs assume that if you have a config.h file, you must declare
|
||||
the type of getenv. */
|
||||
extern char *getenv ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* These default definitions are good for almost all machines.
|
||||
The exceptions override them in m/MACHINE.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -3626,27 +3577,14 @@ extern char *getenv ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the compiler supports function prototypes. It may do so
|
||||
but not define __STDC__ (e.g. DEC C by default) or may define it as
|
||||
zero. */
|
||||
/* Define if the compiler supports function prototypes. It may do so but
|
||||
not define __STDC__ (e.g. DEC C by default) or may define it as zero. */
|
||||
#undef PROTOTYPES
|
||||
/* For mktime.c: */
|
||||
#ifndef __P
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define __P(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __P(args) ()
|
||||
# endif /* GCC. */
|
||||
#endif /* __P */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
#include <strings.h> /* May be needed for bcopy & al. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -3669,16 +3607,12 @@ void *alloca (size_t);
|
||||
typedef unsigned size_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define HAVE_X_I18N if we have usable i18n support. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_X11R6
|
||||
#define HAVE_X_I18N
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
|
||||
#define strchr(a, b) index (a, b)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define HAVE_X11R6_XIM if we have usable X11R6-style XIM support. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_X11R6 && !defined INHIBIT_X11R6_XIM
|
||||
#define HAVE_X11R6_XIM
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_STRRCHR
|
||||
#define strrchr(a, b) rindex (a, b)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && (__GNUC__ > 2 \
|
||||
@ -3700,16 +3634,6 @@ typedef unsigned size_t;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BCOPY
|
||||
#define bcopy(a,b,s) memcpy (b,a,s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BZERO
|
||||
#define bzero(a,s) memset (a,0,s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BCMP
|
||||
#define BCMP memcmp
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* EMACS_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,28 @@
|
||||
2010-07-31 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* files.texi (Visiting): Add more index entries for
|
||||
large-file-warning-threshold.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-29 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* frames.texi (Tool Bars): Add doc for tool-bar-position.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-23 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* abbrevs.texi, basic.texi, buffers.texi, building.texi, calendar.texi:
|
||||
* custom.texi, dired.texi, display.texi, emacs.texi, emerge-xtra.texi:
|
||||
* files.texi, fortran-xtra.texi, frames.texi, help.texi, killing.texi:
|
||||
* maintaining.texi, mark.texi, mini.texi, misc.texi, msdog.texi:
|
||||
* mule.texi, programs.texi, rmail.texi, screen.texi, search.texi:
|
||||
* sending.texi, text.texi, trouble.texi, vc1-xtra.texi, xresources.texi:
|
||||
Untabify Texinfo files.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-10 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* basic.texi (Inserting Text): Minor clarification. (Bug#6374)
|
||||
|
||||
* basic.texi (Inserting Text): Fix typo.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-10 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* ack.texi (Acknowledgments):
|
||||
@ -590,7 +615,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
2009-06-23 Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* display.texi (Scrolling): Document `recenter-redisplay'
|
||||
* display.texi (Scrolling): Document `recenter-redisplay'.
|
||||
(Temporary Face Changes): Document `text-scale-set'.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-06-21 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
@ -5688,7 +5713,7 @@
|
||||
2005-03-05 Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* cmdargs.texi (Emacs Invocation): Add cindex
|
||||
"invocation (command line arguments)"
|
||||
"invocation (command line arguments)".
|
||||
(Misc X): Add -nbc, --no-blinking-cursor.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-03-04 Ulf Jasper <ulf.jasper@web.de>
|
||||
|
@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ Edit a list of abbrevs; you can add, alter or remove definitions.
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@var{various other tables@dots{}}
|
||||
(lisp-mode-abbrev-table)
|
||||
"dk" 0 "define-key"
|
||||
"dk" 0 "define-key"
|
||||
(global-abbrev-table)
|
||||
"dfn" 0 "definition"
|
||||
"dfn" 0 "definition"
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Basic, Minibuffer, Exiting, Top
|
||||
@chapter Basic Editing Commands
|
||||
@ -16,15 +17,15 @@ suggest you first run the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial, by typing
|
||||
|
||||
* Inserting Text:: Inserting text by simply typing it.
|
||||
* Moving Point:: Moving the cursor to the place where you want to
|
||||
change something.
|
||||
* Erasing:: Deleting and killing text.
|
||||
* Basic Undo:: Undoing recent changes in the text.
|
||||
change something.
|
||||
* Erasing:: Deleting and killing text.
|
||||
* Basic Undo:: Undoing recent changes in the text.
|
||||
* Files: Basic Files. Visiting, creating, and saving files.
|
||||
* Help: Basic Help. Asking what a character does.
|
||||
* Blank Lines:: Making and deleting blank lines.
|
||||
* Blank Lines:: Making and deleting blank lines.
|
||||
* Continuation Lines:: How Emacs displays lines too wide for the screen.
|
||||
* Position Info:: What page, line, row, or column is point on?
|
||||
* Arguments:: Numeric arguments for repeating a command N times.
|
||||
* Arguments:: Numeric arguments for repeating a command N times.
|
||||
* Repeating:: Repeating the previous command quickly.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -92,9 +93,9 @@ of overwriting with it.
|
||||
@vindex read-quoted-char-radix
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
To use decimal or hexadecimal instead of octal, set the variable
|
||||
@code{read-quoted-char-radix} to 10 or 16. If the radix is greater
|
||||
than 10, some letters starting with @kbd{a} serve as part of a
|
||||
character code, just like digits.
|
||||
@code{read-quoted-char-radix} to 10 or 16. If the radix is 16,
|
||||
the letters @kbd{a} to @kbd{f} serve as part of a character code,
|
||||
just like digits. Case is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
A numeric argument tells @kbd{C-q} how many copies of the quoted
|
||||
character to insert (@pxref{Arguments}).
|
||||
@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ character to insert (@pxref{Arguments}).
|
||||
@cindex Unicode
|
||||
Instead of @kbd{C-q}, you can use @kbd{C-x 8 @key{RET}}
|
||||
(@code{ucs-insert}) to insert a character based on its Unicode name or
|
||||
code-point. This commands prompts for a character to insert, using
|
||||
code-point. This command prompts for a character to insert, using
|
||||
the minibuffer; you can specify the character using either (i) the
|
||||
character's name in the Unicode standard, or (ii) the character's
|
||||
code-point in the Unicode standard. If you specify the character's
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Buffers, Windows, Files, Top
|
||||
@chapter Using Multiple Buffers
|
||||
@ -49,10 +50,10 @@ using that data type. For 32-bit machines, the largest buffer size is
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Select Buffer:: Creating a new buffer or reselecting an old one.
|
||||
* List Buffers:: Getting a list of buffers that exist.
|
||||
* Misc Buffer:: Renaming; changing read-onlyness; copying text.
|
||||
* Kill Buffer:: Killing buffers you no longer need.
|
||||
* Misc Buffer:: Renaming; changing read-onlyness; copying text.
|
||||
* Kill Buffer:: Killing buffers you no longer need.
|
||||
* Several Buffers:: How to go through the list of all buffers
|
||||
and operate variously on several of them.
|
||||
and operate variously on several of them.
|
||||
* Indirect Buffers:: An indirect buffer shares the text of another buffer.
|
||||
* Buffer Convenience:: Convenience and customization features for
|
||||
buffer handling.
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Building, Maintaining, Programs, Top
|
||||
@chapter Compiling and Testing Programs
|
||||
@ -20,14 +21,14 @@ in the larger process of compiling and testing programs.
|
||||
for use in the compilation buffer.
|
||||
* Grep Searching:: Searching with grep.
|
||||
* Flymake:: Finding syntax errors on the fly.
|
||||
* Debuggers:: Running symbolic debuggers for non-Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Debuggers:: Running symbolic debuggers for non-Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Executing Lisp:: Various modes for editing Lisp programs,
|
||||
with different facilities for running
|
||||
the Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Libraries: Lisp Libraries. Creating Lisp programs to run in Emacs.
|
||||
* Eval: Lisp Eval. Executing a single Lisp expression in Emacs.
|
||||
* Interaction: Lisp Interaction. Executing Lisp in an Emacs buffer.
|
||||
* External Lisp:: Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.
|
||||
* External Lisp:: Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Compilation
|
||||
@ -471,10 +472,10 @@ Lisp programs. @xref{Debugging,, The Lisp Debugger, elisp, the Emacs
|
||||
Lisp Reference Manual}, for information on the Emacs Lisp debugger.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Starting GUD:: How to start a debugger subprocess.
|
||||
* Debugger Operation:: Connection between the debugger and source buffers.
|
||||
* Commands of GUD:: Key bindings for common commands.
|
||||
* GUD Customization:: Defining your own commands for GUD.
|
||||
* Starting GUD:: How to start a debugger subprocess.
|
||||
* Debugger Operation:: Connection between the debugger and source buffers.
|
||||
* Commands of GUD:: Key bindings for common commands.
|
||||
* GUD Customization:: Defining your own commands for GUD.
|
||||
* GDB Graphical Interface:: An enhanced mode that uses GDB features to
|
||||
implement a graphical debugging environment through
|
||||
Emacs.
|
||||
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ about more specialized features.
|
||||
* Lunar Phases:: Displaying phases of the moon.
|
||||
* Other Calendars:: Converting dates to other calendar systems.
|
||||
* Diary:: Displaying events from your diary.
|
||||
* Appointments:: Reminders when it's time to do something.
|
||||
* Appointments:: Reminders when it's time to do something.
|
||||
* Importing Diary:: Converting diary events to/from other formats.
|
||||
* Daylight Saving:: How to specify when daylight saving time is active.
|
||||
* Time Intervals:: Keeping track of time intervals.
|
||||
@ -674,11 +674,11 @@ Gregorian calendar did not exist.
|
||||
and from several other calendars.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Calendar Systems:: The calendars Emacs understands
|
||||
(aside from Gregorian).
|
||||
* To Other Calendar:: Converting the selected date to various calendars.
|
||||
* From Other Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in another calendar.
|
||||
* Mayan Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in a Mayan calendar.
|
||||
* Calendar Systems:: The calendars Emacs understands
|
||||
(aside from Gregorian).
|
||||
* To Other Calendar:: Converting the selected date to various calendars.
|
||||
* From Other Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in another calendar.
|
||||
* Mayan Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in a Mayan calendar.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Calendar Systems
|
||||
@ -1040,8 +1040,8 @@ entries.
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Displaying the Diary:: Viewing diary entries and associated calendar dates.
|
||||
* Format of Diary File:: Entering events in your diary.
|
||||
* Date Formats:: Various ways you can specify dates.
|
||||
* Adding to Diary:: Commands to create diary entries.
|
||||
* Date Formats:: Various ways you can specify dates.
|
||||
* Adding to Diary:: Commands to create diary entries.
|
||||
* Special Diary Entries:: Anniversaries, blocks of dates, cyclic entries, etc.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ Reference Manual}.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is a feature you can turn on
|
||||
independently of any others.
|
||||
* Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is a feature you can turn on
|
||||
independently of any others.
|
||||
* Easy Customization:: Convenient way to browse and change settings.
|
||||
* Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
|
||||
to decide what to do; by setting variables,
|
||||
you can control their functioning.
|
||||
* Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
|
||||
By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
|
||||
* Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
|
||||
expressions are parsed.
|
||||
* Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
|
||||
@file{.emacs} file.
|
||||
* Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
|
||||
to decide what to do; by setting variables,
|
||||
you can control their functioning.
|
||||
* Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
|
||||
By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
|
||||
* Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
|
||||
expressions are parsed.
|
||||
* Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
|
||||
@file{.emacs} file.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Minor Modes
|
||||
@ -794,10 +794,10 @@ check the variable's documentation string to see kind of value it
|
||||
expects (@pxref{Examining}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
|
||||
* Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
|
||||
of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
|
||||
* Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
|
||||
* Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
|
||||
* Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
|
||||
of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
|
||||
* Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
|
||||
* File Variables:: How files can specify variable values.
|
||||
* Directory Variables:: How variable values can be specified by directory.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
@ -943,12 +943,12 @@ lambda expression.
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@group
|
||||
(c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
|
||||
empty-defun-braces
|
||||
defun-close-semi))
|
||||
empty-defun-braces
|
||||
defun-close-semi))
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@group
|
||||
(c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
|
||||
(substatement-open . 0)))))
|
||||
(substatement-open . 0)))))
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
|
||||
@group
|
||||
@ -2175,10 +2175,10 @@ Manual}.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* Init Examples:: How to do some things with an init file.
|
||||
* Terminal Init:: Each terminal type can have an init file.
|
||||
* Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
|
||||
* Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
|
||||
* Init Non-ASCII:: Using non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in an init file.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -36,20 +36,20 @@ you to operate on the listed files. @xref{Directories}.
|
||||
* Deletion: Dired Deletion. Deleting files with Dired.
|
||||
* Flagging Many Files:: Flagging files based on their names.
|
||||
* Visit: Dired Visiting. Other file operations through Dired.
|
||||
* Marks vs Flags:: Flagging for deletion vs marking.
|
||||
* Operating on Files:: How to copy, rename, print, compress, etc.
|
||||
either one file or several files.
|
||||
* Marks vs Flags:: Flagging for deletion vs marking.
|
||||
* Operating on Files:: How to copy, rename, print, compress, etc.
|
||||
either one file or several files.
|
||||
* Shell Commands in Dired:: Running a shell command on the marked files.
|
||||
* Transforming File Names:: Using patterns to rename multiple files.
|
||||
* Comparison in Dired:: Running `diff' by way of Dired.
|
||||
* Comparison in Dired:: Running `diff' by way of Dired.
|
||||
* Subdirectories in Dired:: Adding subdirectories to the Dired buffer.
|
||||
@ifnottex
|
||||
* Subdir Switches:: Subdirectory switches in Dired.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
* Subdirectory Motion:: Moving across subdirectories, and up and down.
|
||||
* Subdirectory Motion:: Moving across subdirectories, and up and down.
|
||||
* Hiding Subdirectories:: Making subdirectories visible or invisible.
|
||||
* Updating: Dired Updating. Discarding lines for files of no interest.
|
||||
* Find: Dired and Find. Using `find' to choose the files for Dired.
|
||||
* Find: Dired and Find. Using `find' to choose the files for Dired.
|
||||
* Wdired:: Operating on files by editing the Dired buffer.
|
||||
* Image-Dired:: Viewing image thumbnails in Dired.
|
||||
* Misc: Misc Dired Features. Various other features.
|
||||
|
@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ commands and variables allow you to specify which part of the text you
|
||||
want to see, and how to display it.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Scrolling:: Commands to move text up and down in a window.
|
||||
* Scrolling:: Commands to move text up and down in a window.
|
||||
* Auto Scrolling:: Redisplay scrolls text automatically when needed.
|
||||
* Horizontal Scrolling:: Moving text left and right in a window.
|
||||
* Follow Mode:: Follow mode lets two windows scroll as one.
|
||||
* Faces:: How to change the display style using faces.
|
||||
* Faces:: How to change the display style using faces.
|
||||
* Standard Faces:: Emacs' predefined faces.
|
||||
* Temporary Face Changes:: Commands to temporarily modify the default text face
|
||||
* Font Lock:: Minor mode for syntactic highlighting using faces.
|
||||
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible self-documenting text editor.
|
||||
* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible self-documenting text editor.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@c in general, keep the following line commented out, unless doing a
|
||||
@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ and Sending Mail and Registers and Minibuffer.
|
||||
@end ignore
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Distrib:: How to get the latest Emacs distribution.
|
||||
* Intro:: An introduction to Emacs concepts.
|
||||
* Distrib:: How to get the latest Emacs distribution.
|
||||
* Intro:: An introduction to Emacs concepts.
|
||||
@c Note that in the printed manual, the glossary and indices come last.
|
||||
* Glossary:: Terms used in this manual.
|
||||
* Glossary:: Terms used in this manual.
|
||||
|
||||
Indexes (each index contains a large menu)
|
||||
* Key Index:: An item for each standard Emacs key sequence.
|
||||
* Key Index:: An item for each standard Emacs key sequence.
|
||||
* Option Index:: An item for every command-line option.
|
||||
* Command Index:: An item for each command name.
|
||||
* Variable Index:: An item for each documented variable.
|
||||
@ -149,100 +149,100 @@ Indexes (each index contains a large menu)
|
||||
* Acknowledgments:: Major contributors to GNU Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Important General Concepts
|
||||
* Screen:: How to interpret what you see on the screen.
|
||||
* User Input:: Kinds of input events (characters, buttons,
|
||||
* Screen:: How to interpret what you see on the screen.
|
||||
* User Input:: Kinds of input events (characters, buttons,
|
||||
function keys).
|
||||
* Keys:: Key sequences: what you type to request one
|
||||
* Keys:: Key sequences: what you type to request one
|
||||
editing action.
|
||||
* Commands:: Named functions run by key sequences to do editing.
|
||||
* Commands:: Named functions run by key sequences to do editing.
|
||||
* Entering Emacs:: Starting Emacs from the shell.
|
||||
* Exiting:: Stopping or killing Emacs.
|
||||
* Exiting:: Stopping or killing Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Fundamental Editing Commands
|
||||
* Basic:: The most basic editing commands.
|
||||
* Minibuffer:: Entering arguments that are prompted for.
|
||||
* M-x:: Invoking commands by their names.
|
||||
* Help:: Commands for asking Emacs about its commands.
|
||||
* Basic:: The most basic editing commands.
|
||||
* Minibuffer:: Entering arguments that are prompted for.
|
||||
* M-x:: Invoking commands by their names.
|
||||
* Help:: Commands for asking Emacs about its commands.
|
||||
|
||||
Important Text-Changing Commands
|
||||
* Mark:: The mark: how to delimit a ``region'' of text.
|
||||
* Killing:: Killing (cutting) text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: Recovering killed text. Moving text. (Pasting.)
|
||||
* Mark:: The mark: how to delimit a ``region'' of text.
|
||||
* Killing:: Killing (cutting) text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: Recovering killed text. Moving text. (Pasting.)
|
||||
* Accumulating Text:: Other ways of copying text.
|
||||
* Rectangles:: Operating on the text inside a rectangle on the screen.
|
||||
* Rectangles:: Operating on the text inside a rectangle on the screen.
|
||||
* CUA Bindings:: Using @kbd{C-x}, @kbd{C-c}, @kbd{C-v} for copy
|
||||
and paste, with enhanced rectangle support.
|
||||
* Registers:: Saving a text string or a location in the buffer.
|
||||
* Display:: Controlling what text is displayed.
|
||||
* Search:: Finding or replacing occurrences of a string.
|
||||
* Fixit:: Commands especially useful for fixing typos.
|
||||
* Keyboard Macros:: A keyboard macro records a sequence of
|
||||
keystrokes to be replayed with a single command.
|
||||
* Registers:: Saving a text string or a location in the buffer.
|
||||
* Display:: Controlling what text is displayed.
|
||||
* Search:: Finding or replacing occurrences of a string.
|
||||
* Fixit:: Commands especially useful for fixing typos.
|
||||
* Keyboard Macros:: A keyboard macro records a sequence of
|
||||
keystrokes to be replayed with a single command.
|
||||
|
||||
Major Structures of Emacs
|
||||
* Files:: All about handling files.
|
||||
* Buffers:: Multiple buffers; editing several files at once.
|
||||
* Windows:: Viewing two pieces of text at once.
|
||||
* Frames:: Running the same Emacs session in multiple X windows.
|
||||
* Files:: All about handling files.
|
||||
* Buffers:: Multiple buffers; editing several files at once.
|
||||
* Windows:: Viewing two pieces of text at once.
|
||||
* Frames:: Running the same Emacs session in multiple X windows.
|
||||
* International:: Using non-@acronym{ASCII} character sets.
|
||||
|
||||
Advanced Features
|
||||
* Major Modes:: Text mode vs. Lisp mode vs. C mode...
|
||||
* Indentation:: Editing the white space at the beginnings of lines.
|
||||
* Text:: Commands and modes for editing English.
|
||||
* Programs:: Commands and modes for editing programs.
|
||||
* Building:: Compiling, running and debugging programs.
|
||||
* Major Modes:: Text mode vs. Lisp mode vs. C mode...
|
||||
* Indentation:: Editing the white space at the beginnings of lines.
|
||||
* Text:: Commands and modes for editing English.
|
||||
* Programs:: Commands and modes for editing programs.
|
||||
* Building:: Compiling, running and debugging programs.
|
||||
* Maintaining:: Features for maintaining large programs.
|
||||
* Abbrevs:: How to define text abbreviations to reduce
|
||||
the number of characters you must type.
|
||||
* Abbrevs:: How to define text abbreviations to reduce
|
||||
the number of characters you must type.
|
||||
@c AFAICS, the tex stuff generates its own index and does not use this one.
|
||||
@ifnottex
|
||||
* Picture Mode:: Editing pictures made up of characters using
|
||||
the quarter-plane screen model.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
* Sending Mail:: Sending mail in Emacs.
|
||||
* Rmail:: Reading mail in Emacs.
|
||||
* Dired:: You can ``edit'' a directory to manage files in it.
|
||||
* Rmail:: Reading mail in Emacs.
|
||||
* Dired:: You can ``edit'' a directory to manage files in it.
|
||||
* Calendar/Diary:: The calendar and diary facilities.
|
||||
* Document View:: Viewing PDF, PS and DVI files.
|
||||
* Gnus:: How to read netnews with Emacs.
|
||||
* Shell:: Executing shell commands from Emacs.
|
||||
* Gnus:: How to read netnews with Emacs.
|
||||
* Shell:: Executing shell commands from Emacs.
|
||||
* Emacs Server:: Using Emacs as an editing server for @code{mail}, etc.
|
||||
* Printing:: Printing hardcopies of buffers or regions.
|
||||
* Sorting:: Sorting lines, paragraphs or pages within Emacs.
|
||||
* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
|
||||
of the buffer.
|
||||
* Two-Column:: Splitting apart columns to edit them
|
||||
in side-by-side windows.
|
||||
* Printing:: Printing hardcopies of buffers or regions.
|
||||
* Sorting:: Sorting lines, paragraphs or pages within Emacs.
|
||||
* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
|
||||
of the buffer.
|
||||
* Two-Column:: Splitting apart columns to edit them
|
||||
in side-by-side windows.
|
||||
* Editing Binary Files::Using Hexl mode to edit binary files.
|
||||
* Saving Emacs Sessions:: Saving Emacs state from one session to the next.
|
||||
* Recursive Edit:: A command can allow you to do editing
|
||||
"within the command". This is called a
|
||||
"recursive editing level".
|
||||
* Emulation:: Emulating some other editors with Emacs.
|
||||
"within the command". This is called a
|
||||
"recursive editing level".
|
||||
* Emulation:: Emulating some other editors with Emacs.
|
||||
* Hyperlinking:: Following links in buffers.
|
||||
* Dissociated Press:: Dissociating text for fun.
|
||||
* Amusements:: Various games and hacks.
|
||||
* Amusements:: Various games and hacks.
|
||||
* Customization:: Modifying the behavior of Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Recovery from Problems
|
||||
* Quitting:: Quitting and aborting.
|
||||
* Lossage:: What to do if Emacs is hung or malfunctioning.
|
||||
* Bugs:: How and when to report a bug.
|
||||
* Quitting:: Quitting and aborting.
|
||||
* Lossage:: What to do if Emacs is hung or malfunctioning.
|
||||
* Bugs:: How and when to report a bug.
|
||||
* Contributing:: How to contribute improvements to Emacs.
|
||||
* Service:: How to get help for your own Emacs needs.
|
||||
* Service:: How to get help for your own Emacs needs.
|
||||
|
||||
Appendices
|
||||
* Copying:: The GNU General Public License gives you permission
|
||||
to redistribute GNU Emacs on certain terms;
|
||||
it also explains that there is no warranty.
|
||||
* Copying:: The GNU General Public License gives you permission
|
||||
to redistribute GNU Emacs on certain terms;
|
||||
it also explains that there is no warranty.
|
||||
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
|
||||
* Emacs Invocation:: Hairy startup options.
|
||||
* X Resources:: X resources for customizing Emacs.
|
||||
* Antinews:: Information about Emacs version 22.
|
||||
* Antinews:: Information about Emacs version 22.
|
||||
* Mac OS / GNUstep:: Using Emacs under Mac OS and GNUstep.
|
||||
* Microsoft Windows:: Using Emacs on Microsoft Windows and MS-DOS.
|
||||
* Manifesto:: What's GNU? Gnu's Not Unix!
|
||||
* Manifesto:: What's GNU? Gnu's Not Unix!
|
||||
|
||||
@c Do NOT modify the following 3 lines! They must have this form to
|
||||
@c be correctly identified by `texinfo-multiple-files-update'. In
|
||||
@ -258,9 +258,9 @@ already listed, mentioned here so you can get to them in one step:
|
||||
|
||||
The Organization of the Screen
|
||||
|
||||
* Point:: The place in the text where editing commands operate.
|
||||
* Point:: The place in the text where editing commands operate.
|
||||
* Echo Area:: Short messages appear at the bottom of the screen.
|
||||
* Mode Line:: Interpreting the mode line.
|
||||
* Mode Line:: Interpreting the mode line.
|
||||
* Menu Bar:: How to use the menu bar.
|
||||
|
||||
Basic Editing Commands
|
||||
@ -268,23 +268,23 @@ Basic Editing Commands
|
||||
* Inserting Text:: Inserting text by simply typing it.
|
||||
* Moving Point:: Moving the cursor to the place where you want to
|
||||
change something.
|
||||
* Erasing:: Deleting and killing text.
|
||||
* Basic Undo:: Undoing recent changes in the text.
|
||||
* Erasing:: Deleting and killing text.
|
||||
* Basic Undo:: Undoing recent changes in the text.
|
||||
* Basic Files:: Visiting, creating, and saving files.
|
||||
* Basic Help:: Asking what a character does.
|
||||
* Blank Lines:: Making and deleting blank lines.
|
||||
* Blank Lines:: Making and deleting blank lines.
|
||||
* Continuation Lines:: How Emacs displays lines too wide for the screen.
|
||||
* Position Info:: What page, line, row, or column is point on?
|
||||
* Arguments:: Numeric arguments for repeating a command N times.
|
||||
* Arguments:: Numeric arguments for repeating a command N times.
|
||||
* Repeating:: Repeating the previous command quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
The Minibuffer
|
||||
|
||||
* Minibuffer File:: Entering file names with the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Edit:: How to edit in the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Reusing recent minibuffer arguments.
|
||||
* Repetition:: Re-executing commands that used the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Reusing recent minibuffer arguments.
|
||||
* Repetition:: Re-executing commands that used the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Passwords:: Entering passwords in the echo area.
|
||||
|
||||
Completion
|
||||
@ -296,59 +296,59 @@ Completion
|
||||
|
||||
Help
|
||||
|
||||
* Help Summary:: Brief list of all Help commands.
|
||||
* Key Help:: Asking what a key does in Emacs.
|
||||
* Name Help:: Asking about a command, variable or function name.
|
||||
* Apropos:: Asking what pertains to a given topic.
|
||||
* Help Summary:: Brief list of all Help commands.
|
||||
* Key Help:: Asking what a key does in Emacs.
|
||||
* Name Help:: Asking about a command, variable or function name.
|
||||
* Apropos:: Asking what pertains to a given topic.
|
||||
* Help Mode:: Special features of Help mode and Help buffers.
|
||||
* Library Keywords:: Finding Lisp libraries by keywords (topics).
|
||||
* Library Keywords:: Finding Lisp libraries by keywords (topics).
|
||||
* Language Help:: Help relating to international language support.
|
||||
* Misc Help:: Other help commands.
|
||||
* Misc Help:: Other help commands.
|
||||
* Help Files:: Commands to display pre-written help files.
|
||||
* Help Echo:: Help on active text and tooltips (`balloon help').
|
||||
|
||||
The Mark and the Region
|
||||
|
||||
* Setting Mark:: Commands to set the mark.
|
||||
* Marking Objects:: Commands to put region around textual units.
|
||||
* Using Region:: Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
|
||||
* Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.
|
||||
* Setting Mark:: Commands to set the mark.
|
||||
* Marking Objects:: Commands to put region around textual units.
|
||||
* Using Region:: Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
|
||||
* Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.
|
||||
* Global Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions in various buffers.
|
||||
* Shift Selection:: Using shifted cursor motion keys.
|
||||
* Persistent Mark:: Keeping the mark active all the time.
|
||||
* Persistent Mark:: Keeping the mark active all the time.
|
||||
|
||||
Killing and Moving Text
|
||||
|
||||
* Deletion:: Commands for deleting small amounts of text and
|
||||
blank areas.
|
||||
* Killing by Lines:: How to kill entire lines of text at one time.
|
||||
* Deletion:: Commands for deleting small amounts of text and
|
||||
blank areas.
|
||||
* Killing by Lines:: How to kill entire lines of text at one time.
|
||||
* Other Kill Commands:: Commands to kill large regions of text and
|
||||
syntactic units such as words and sentences.
|
||||
syntactic units such as words and sentences.
|
||||
* Kill Options:: Options that affect killing.
|
||||
|
||||
Yanking
|
||||
|
||||
* Kill Ring:: Where killed text is stored. Basic yanking.
|
||||
* Appending Kills:: Several kills in a row all yank together.
|
||||
* Earlier Kills:: Yanking something killed some time ago.
|
||||
* Kill Ring:: Where killed text is stored. Basic yanking.
|
||||
* Appending Kills:: Several kills in a row all yank together.
|
||||
* Earlier Kills:: Yanking something killed some time ago.
|
||||
|
||||
Registers
|
||||
|
||||
* RegPos:: Saving positions in registers.
|
||||
* RegText:: Saving text in registers.
|
||||
* RegRect:: Saving rectangles in registers.
|
||||
* RegPos:: Saving positions in registers.
|
||||
* RegText:: Saving text in registers.
|
||||
* RegRect:: Saving rectangles in registers.
|
||||
* RegConfig:: Saving window configurations in registers.
|
||||
* RegNumbers:: Numbers in registers.
|
||||
* RegFiles:: File names in registers.
|
||||
* RegFiles:: File names in registers.
|
||||
* Bookmarks:: Bookmarks are like registers, but persistent.
|
||||
|
||||
Controlling the Display
|
||||
|
||||
* Scrolling:: Commands to move text up and down in a window.
|
||||
* Scrolling:: Commands to move text up and down in a window.
|
||||
* Auto Scrolling:: Redisplay scrolls text automatically when needed.
|
||||
* Horizontal Scrolling:: Moving text left and right in a window.
|
||||
* Follow Mode:: Follow mode lets two windows scroll as one.
|
||||
* Faces:: How to change the display style using faces.
|
||||
* Faces:: How to change the display style using faces.
|
||||
* Standard Faces:: Emacs' predefined faces.
|
||||
* Temporary Face Changes:: Commands to temporarily modify the default text face
|
||||
* Font Lock:: Minor mode for syntactic highlighting using faces.
|
||||
@ -367,15 +367,15 @@ Controlling the Display
|
||||
|
||||
Searching and Replacement
|
||||
|
||||
* Incremental Search:: Search happens as you type the string.
|
||||
* Incremental Search:: Search happens as you type the string.
|
||||
* Nonincremental Search:: Specify entire string and then search.
|
||||
* Word Search:: Search for sequence of words.
|
||||
* Regexp Search:: Search for match for a regexp.
|
||||
* Regexps:: Syntax of regular expressions.
|
||||
* Word Search:: Search for sequence of words.
|
||||
* Regexp Search:: Search for match for a regexp.
|
||||
* Regexps:: Syntax of regular expressions.
|
||||
* Regexp Backslash:: Regular expression constructs starting with `\'.
|
||||
* Regexp Example:: A complex regular expression explained.
|
||||
* Search Case:: To ignore case while searching, or not.
|
||||
* Replace:: Search, and replace some or all matches.
|
||||
* Search Case:: To ignore case while searching, or not.
|
||||
* Replace:: Search, and replace some or all matches.
|
||||
* Other Repeating Search:: Operating on all matches for some regexp.
|
||||
|
||||
Incremental Search
|
||||
@ -393,16 +393,16 @@ Incremental Search
|
||||
Replacement Commands
|
||||
|
||||
* Unconditional Replace:: Replacing all matches for a string.
|
||||
* Regexp Replace:: Replacing all matches for a regexp.
|
||||
* Regexp Replace:: Replacing all matches for a regexp.
|
||||
* Replacement and Case:: How replacements preserve case of letters.
|
||||
* Query Replace:: How to use querying.
|
||||
* Query Replace:: How to use querying.
|
||||
|
||||
Commands for Fixing Typos
|
||||
|
||||
* Undo:: The Undo commands.
|
||||
* Transpose:: Exchanging two characters, words, lines, lists...
|
||||
* Transpose:: Exchanging two characters, words, lines, lists...
|
||||
* Fixing Case:: Correcting case of last word entered.
|
||||
* Spelling:: Apply spelling checker to a word, or a whole file.
|
||||
* Spelling:: Apply spelling checker to a word, or a whole file.
|
||||
|
||||
Keyboard Macros
|
||||
|
||||
@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ Saving Files
|
||||
|
||||
Backup Files
|
||||
|
||||
* Backup Names:: How backup files are named.
|
||||
* Backup Deletion:: Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
|
||||
* Backup Copying:: Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
|
||||
* Backup Names:: How backup files are named.
|
||||
* Backup Deletion:: Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
|
||||
* Backup Copying:: Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
|
||||
|
||||
Auto Reverting Non-File Buffers
|
||||
|
||||
@ -463,16 +463,16 @@ Auto-Saving: Protection Against Disasters
|
||||
* Auto Save Files:: The file where auto-saved changes are
|
||||
actually made until you save the file.
|
||||
* Auto Save Control:: Controlling when and how often to auto-save.
|
||||
* Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files.
|
||||
* Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files.
|
||||
|
||||
Using Multiple Buffers
|
||||
|
||||
* Select Buffer:: Creating a new buffer or reselecting an old one.
|
||||
* List Buffers:: Getting a list of buffers that exist.
|
||||
* Misc Buffer:: Renaming; changing read-onlyness; copying text.
|
||||
* Kill Buffer:: Killing buffers you no longer need.
|
||||
* Misc Buffer:: Renaming; changing read-onlyness; copying text.
|
||||
* Kill Buffer:: Killing buffers you no longer need.
|
||||
* Several Buffers:: How to go through the list of all buffers
|
||||
and operate variously on several of them.
|
||||
and operate variously on several of them.
|
||||
* Indirect Buffers:: An indirect buffer shares the text of another buffer.
|
||||
* Buffer Convenience:: Convenience and customization features for
|
||||
buffer handling.
|
||||
@ -507,10 +507,10 @@ Frames and Graphical Displays
|
||||
* Multiple Displays:: How one Emacs job can talk to several displays.
|
||||
* Special Buffer Frames:: You can make certain buffers have their own frames.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Changing the colors and other modes of frames.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: How to enable and disable scroll bars; how to use them.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: How to enable and disable scroll bars; how to use them.
|
||||
* Wheeled Mice:: Using mouse wheels for scrolling.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Using drag and drop to open files and insert text.
|
||||
* Menu Bars:: Enabling and disabling the menu bar.
|
||||
* Menu Bars:: Enabling and disabling the menu bar.
|
||||
* Tool Bars:: Enabling and disabling the tool bar.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Controlling use of dialog boxes.
|
||||
* Tooltips:: Displaying information at the current mouse position.
|
||||
@ -559,31 +559,31 @@ Major Modes
|
||||
Indentation
|
||||
|
||||
* Indentation Commands:: Various commands and techniques for indentation.
|
||||
* Tab Stops:: You can set arbitrary "tab stops" and then
|
||||
indent to the next tab stop when you want to.
|
||||
* Just Spaces:: You can request indentation using just spaces.
|
||||
* Tab Stops:: You can set arbitrary "tab stops" and then
|
||||
indent to the next tab stop when you want to.
|
||||
* Just Spaces:: You can request indentation using just spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
Commands for Human Languages
|
||||
|
||||
* Words:: Moving over and killing words.
|
||||
* Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
|
||||
* Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
|
||||
* Pages:: Moving over pages.
|
||||
* Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
|
||||
* Case:: Changing the case of text.
|
||||
* Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
|
||||
* Words:: Moving over and killing words.
|
||||
* Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
|
||||
* Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
|
||||
* Pages:: Moving over pages.
|
||||
* Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
|
||||
* Case:: Changing the case of text.
|
||||
* Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
|
||||
* Outline Mode:: Editing outlines.
|
||||
* TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
|
||||
* TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
|
||||
* HTML Mode:: Editing HTML and SGML files.
|
||||
* Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
|
||||
* Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
|
||||
* Formatted Text:: Editing formatted text directly in WYSIWYG fashion.
|
||||
* Text Based Tables:: Editing text-based tables in WYSIWYG fashion.
|
||||
|
||||
Filling Text
|
||||
|
||||
* Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
|
||||
* Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
|
||||
* Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
|
||||
* Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented
|
||||
* Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented
|
||||
or in a comment, etc.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: How Emacs can determine the fill prefix automatically.
|
||||
* Refill:: Keeping paragraphs filled.
|
||||
@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Filling Text
|
||||
Outline Mode
|
||||
|
||||
* Outline Format:: What the text of an outline looks like.
|
||||
* Outline Motion:: Special commands for moving through
|
||||
* Outline Motion:: Special commands for moving through
|
||||
outlines.
|
||||
* Outline Visibility:: Commands to control what is visible.
|
||||
* Outline Views:: Outlines and multiple views.
|
||||
@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ Editing Programs
|
||||
of a program.
|
||||
* Program Indent:: Adjusting indentation to show the nesting.
|
||||
* Parentheses:: Commands that operate on parentheses.
|
||||
* Comments:: Inserting, killing, and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Comments:: Inserting, killing, and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Documentation:: Getting documentation of functions you plan to call.
|
||||
* Hideshow:: Displaying blocks selectively.
|
||||
* Symbol Completion:: Completion on symbol names of your program or language.
|
||||
@ -666,18 +666,18 @@ Top-Level Definitions, or Defuns
|
||||
|
||||
Indentation for Programs
|
||||
|
||||
* Basic Indent:: Indenting a single line.
|
||||
* Basic Indent:: Indenting a single line.
|
||||
* Multi-line Indent:: Commands to reindent many lines at once.
|
||||
* Lisp Indent:: Specifying how each Lisp function should be indented.
|
||||
* C Indent:: Extra features for indenting C and related modes.
|
||||
* Custom C Indent:: Controlling indentation style for C and related modes.
|
||||
* Lisp Indent:: Specifying how each Lisp function should be indented.
|
||||
* C Indent:: Extra features for indenting C and related modes.
|
||||
* Custom C Indent:: Controlling indentation style for C and related modes.
|
||||
|
||||
Commands for Editing with Parentheses
|
||||
|
||||
* Expressions:: Expressions with balanced parentheses.
|
||||
* Moving by Parens:: Commands for moving up, down and across
|
||||
in the structure of parentheses.
|
||||
* Matching:: Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
|
||||
* Matching:: Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
|
||||
|
||||
Manipulating Comments
|
||||
|
||||
@ -702,12 +702,12 @@ C and Related Modes
|
||||
|
||||
Fortran Mode
|
||||
|
||||
* Fortran Motion:: Moving point by statements or subprograms.
|
||||
* Fortran Indent:: Indentation commands for Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Comments:: Inserting and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Fortran Autofill:: Auto fill support for Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Columns:: Measuring columns for valid Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Abbrev:: Built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
||||
* Fortran Motion:: Moving point by statements or subprograms.
|
||||
* Fortran Indent:: Indentation commands for Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Comments:: Inserting and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Fortran Autofill:: Auto fill support for Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Columns:: Measuring columns for valid Fortran.
|
||||
* Fortran Abbrev:: Built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
Fortran Indentation
|
||||
|
||||
@ -719,28 +719,28 @@ Fortran Indentation
|
||||
|
||||
Compiling and Testing Programs
|
||||
|
||||
* Compilation:: Compiling programs in languages other
|
||||
than Lisp (C, Pascal, etc.).
|
||||
* Compilation:: Compiling programs in languages other
|
||||
than Lisp (C, Pascal, etc.).
|
||||
* Compilation Mode:: The mode for visiting compiler errors.
|
||||
* Compilation Shell:: Customizing your shell properly
|
||||
for use in the compilation buffer.
|
||||
* Grep Searching:: Searching with grep.
|
||||
* Flymake:: Finding syntax errors on the fly.
|
||||
* Debuggers:: Running symbolic debuggers for non-Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Executing Lisp:: Various modes for editing Lisp programs,
|
||||
with different facilities for running
|
||||
the Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Debuggers:: Running symbolic debuggers for non-Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Executing Lisp:: Various modes for editing Lisp programs,
|
||||
with different facilities for running
|
||||
the Lisp programs.
|
||||
* Lisp Libraries:: Creating Lisp programs to run in Emacs.
|
||||
* Lisp Eval:: Executing a single Lisp expression in Emacs.
|
||||
* Lisp Eval:: Executing a single Lisp expression in Emacs.
|
||||
* Lisp Interaction:: Executing Lisp in an Emacs buffer.
|
||||
* External Lisp:: Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.
|
||||
* External Lisp:: Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.
|
||||
|
||||
Running Debuggers Under Emacs
|
||||
|
||||
* Starting GUD:: How to start a debugger subprocess.
|
||||
* Debugger Operation:: Connection between the debugger and source buffers.
|
||||
* Commands of GUD:: Key bindings for common commands.
|
||||
* GUD Customization:: Defining your own commands for GUD.
|
||||
* Starting GUD:: How to start a debugger subprocess.
|
||||
* Debugger Operation:: Connection between the debugger and source buffers.
|
||||
* Commands of GUD:: Key bindings for common commands.
|
||||
* GUD Customization:: Defining your own commands for GUD.
|
||||
* GDB Graphical Interface:: An enhanced mode that uses GDB features to
|
||||
implement a graphical debugging environment through
|
||||
Emacs.
|
||||
@ -761,9 +761,9 @@ GDB Graphical Interface
|
||||
Maintaining Large Programs
|
||||
|
||||
* Version Control:: Using version control systems.
|
||||
* Change Log:: Maintaining a change history for your program.
|
||||
* Tags:: Go directly to any function in your program in one
|
||||
command. Tags remembers which file it is in.
|
||||
* Change Log:: Maintaining a change history for your program.
|
||||
* Tags:: Go directly to any function in your program in one
|
||||
command. Tags remembers which file it is in.
|
||||
* EDE:: An integrated development environment for Emacs.
|
||||
* Emerge:: A convenient way of merging two versions of a program.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -844,25 +844,25 @@ Change Logs
|
||||
|
||||
Tags Tables
|
||||
|
||||
* Tag Syntax:: Tag syntax for various types of code and text files.
|
||||
* Create Tags Table:: Creating a tags table with @code{etags}.
|
||||
* Tag Syntax:: Tag syntax for various types of code and text files.
|
||||
* Create Tags Table:: Creating a tags table with @code{etags}.
|
||||
* Etags Regexps:: Create arbitrary tags using regular expressions.
|
||||
* Select Tags Table:: How to visit a tags table.
|
||||
* Find Tag:: Commands to find the definition of a specific tag.
|
||||
* Tags Search:: Using a tags table for searching and replacing.
|
||||
* List Tags:: Listing and finding tags defined in a file.
|
||||
* Select Tags Table:: How to visit a tags table.
|
||||
* Find Tag:: Commands to find the definition of a specific tag.
|
||||
* Tags Search:: Using a tags table for searching and replacing.
|
||||
* List Tags:: Listing and finding tags defined in a file.
|
||||
|
||||
Merging Files with Emerge
|
||||
|
||||
* Overview of Emerge:: How to start Emerge. Basic concepts.
|
||||
* Submodes of Emerge:: Fast mode vs. Edit mode.
|
||||
Skip Prefers mode and Auto Advance mode.
|
||||
* State of Difference:: You do the merge by specifying state A or B
|
||||
for each difference.
|
||||
* Merge Commands:: Commands for selecting a difference,
|
||||
changing states of differences, etc.
|
||||
* Exiting Emerge:: What to do when you've finished the merge.
|
||||
* Combining in Emerge:: How to keep both alternatives for a difference.
|
||||
* Overview of Emerge:: How to start Emerge. Basic concepts.
|
||||
* Submodes of Emerge:: Fast mode vs. Edit mode.
|
||||
Skip Prefers mode and Auto Advance mode.
|
||||
* State of Difference:: You do the merge by specifying state A or B
|
||||
for each difference.
|
||||
* Merge Commands:: Commands for selecting a difference,
|
||||
changing states of differences, etc.
|
||||
* Exiting Emerge:: What to do when you've finished the merge.
|
||||
* Combining in Emerge:: How to keep both alternatives for a difference.
|
||||
* Fine Points of Emerge:: Miscellaneous issues.
|
||||
|
||||
Abbrevs
|
||||
@ -887,10 +887,10 @@ Editing Pictures
|
||||
|
||||
Sending Mail
|
||||
|
||||
* Mail Format:: Format of the mail being composed.
|
||||
* Mail Format:: Format of the mail being composed.
|
||||
* Mail Headers:: Details of some standard mail header fields.
|
||||
* Mail Aliases:: Abbreviating and grouping mail addresses.
|
||||
* Mail Commands:: Special commands for editing mail being composed.
|
||||
* Mail Commands:: Special commands for editing mail being composed.
|
||||
* Mail Signature:: Adding a signature to every message.
|
||||
* Mail Amusements:: Distracting the NSA; adding fortune messages.
|
||||
* Mail Methods:: Using alternative mail-composition methods.
|
||||
@ -928,28 +928,28 @@ Reading Mail with Rmail
|
||||
|
||||
Summaries
|
||||
|
||||
* Rmail Make Summary:: Making various sorts of summaries.
|
||||
* Rmail Summary Edit:: Manipulating messages from the summary.
|
||||
* Rmail Make Summary:: Making various sorts of summaries.
|
||||
* Rmail Summary Edit:: Manipulating messages from the summary.
|
||||
|
||||
Dired, the Directory Editor
|
||||
|
||||
* Dired Enter:: How to invoke Dired.
|
||||
* Dired Enter:: How to invoke Dired.
|
||||
* Dired Navigation:: Special motion commands in the Dired buffer.
|
||||
* Dired Deletion:: Deleting files with Dired.
|
||||
* Flagging Many Files:: Flagging files based on their names.
|
||||
* Dired Visiting:: Other file operations through Dired.
|
||||
* Marks vs Flags:: Flagging for deletion vs marking.
|
||||
* Operating on Files:: How to copy, rename, print, compress, etc.
|
||||
either one file or several files.
|
||||
* Marks vs Flags:: Flagging for deletion vs marking.
|
||||
* Operating on Files:: How to copy, rename, print, compress, etc.
|
||||
either one file or several files.
|
||||
* Shell Commands in Dired:: Running a shell command on the marked files.
|
||||
* Transforming File Names:: Using patterns to rename multiple files.
|
||||
* Comparison in Dired:: Running `diff' by way of Dired.
|
||||
* Comparison in Dired:: Running `diff' by way of Dired.
|
||||
* Subdirectories in Dired:: Adding subdirectories to the Dired buffer.
|
||||
* Subdir Switches:: Subdirectory switches in Dired.
|
||||
* Subdirectory Motion:: Moving across subdirectories, and up and down.
|
||||
* Subdirectory Motion:: Moving across subdirectories, and up and down.
|
||||
* Hiding Subdirectories:: Making subdirectories visible or invisible.
|
||||
* Dired Updating:: Discarding lines for files of no interest.
|
||||
* Dired and Find:: Using `find' to choose the files for Dired.
|
||||
* Dired and Find:: Using `find' to choose the files for Dired.
|
||||
* Wdired:: Operating on files by editing the Dired buffer.
|
||||
* Image-Dired:: Viewing image thumbnails in Dired.
|
||||
* Misc Dired Features:: Various other features.
|
||||
@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ The Calendar and the Diary
|
||||
* Lunar Phases:: Displaying phases of the moon.
|
||||
* Other Calendars:: Converting dates to other calendar systems.
|
||||
* Diary:: Displaying events from your diary.
|
||||
* Appointments:: Reminders when it's time to do something.
|
||||
* Appointments:: Reminders when it's time to do something.
|
||||
* Importing Diary:: Converting diary events to/from other formats.
|
||||
* Daylight Saving:: How to specify when daylight saving time is active.
|
||||
* Time Intervals:: Keeping track of time intervals.
|
||||
@ -976,23 +976,23 @@ Movement in the Calendar
|
||||
|
||||
* Calendar Unit Motion:: Moving by days, weeks, months, and years.
|
||||
* Move to Beginning or End:: Moving to start/end of weeks, months, and years.
|
||||
* Specified Dates:: Moving to the current date or another
|
||||
specific date.
|
||||
* Specified Dates:: Moving to the current date or another
|
||||
specific date.
|
||||
|
||||
Conversion To and From Other Calendars
|
||||
|
||||
* Calendar Systems:: The calendars Emacs understands
|
||||
(aside from Gregorian).
|
||||
* To Other Calendar:: Converting the selected date to various calendars.
|
||||
* From Other Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in another calendar.
|
||||
* Mayan Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in a Mayan calendar.
|
||||
* Calendar Systems:: The calendars Emacs understands
|
||||
(aside from Gregorian).
|
||||
* To Other Calendar:: Converting the selected date to various calendars.
|
||||
* From Other Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in another calendar.
|
||||
* Mayan Calendar:: Moving to a date specified in a Mayan calendar.
|
||||
|
||||
The Diary
|
||||
|
||||
* Displaying the Diary:: Viewing diary entries and associated calendar dates.
|
||||
* Format of Diary File:: Entering events in your diary.
|
||||
* Date Formats:: Various ways you can specify dates.
|
||||
* Adding to Diary:: Commands to create diary entries.
|
||||
* Date Formats:: Various ways you can specify dates.
|
||||
* Adding to Diary:: Commands to create diary entries.
|
||||
* Special Diary Entries:: Anniversaries, blocks of dates, cyclic entries, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Customizing the Calendar and Diary
|
||||
@ -1009,22 +1009,22 @@ Customizing the Calendar and Diary
|
||||
|
||||
Document Viewing
|
||||
|
||||
* Navigation:: Navigation inside DocView buffers.
|
||||
* Searching:: Searching inside documents.
|
||||
* Slicing:: Specifying which part of pages should be displayed.
|
||||
* Conversion:: Influencing and triggering conversion.
|
||||
* Navigation:: Navigation inside DocView buffers.
|
||||
* Searching:: Searching inside documents.
|
||||
* Slicing:: Specifying which part of pages should be displayed.
|
||||
* Conversion:: Influencing and triggering conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
Gnus
|
||||
|
||||
* Buffers of Gnus:: The group, summary, and article buffers.
|
||||
* Gnus Startup:: What you should know about starting Gnus.
|
||||
* Summary of Gnus:: A short description of the basic Gnus commands.
|
||||
* Buffers of Gnus:: The group, summary, and article buffers.
|
||||
* Gnus Startup:: What you should know about starting Gnus.
|
||||
* Summary of Gnus:: A short description of the basic Gnus commands.
|
||||
|
||||
Running Shell Commands from Emacs
|
||||
|
||||
* Single Shell:: How to run one shell command and return.
|
||||
* Interactive Shell:: Permanent shell taking input via Emacs.
|
||||
* Shell Mode:: Special Emacs commands used with permanent shell.
|
||||
* Single Shell:: How to run one shell command and return.
|
||||
* Interactive Shell:: Permanent shell taking input via Emacs.
|
||||
* Shell Mode:: Special Emacs commands used with permanent shell.
|
||||
* Shell Prompts:: Two ways to recognize shell prompts.
|
||||
* Shell History:: Repeating previous commands in a shell buffer.
|
||||
* Directory Tracking:: Keeping track when the subshell changes directory.
|
||||
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ Running Shell Commands from Emacs
|
||||
* Terminal emulator:: An Emacs window as a terminal emulator.
|
||||
* Term Mode:: Special Emacs commands used in Term mode.
|
||||
* Paging in Term:: Paging in the terminal emulator.
|
||||
* Remote Host:: Connecting to another computer.
|
||||
* Remote Host:: Connecting to another computer.
|
||||
* Serial Terminal:: Connecting to a serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
Shell Command History
|
||||
@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ Using Emacs as a Server
|
||||
|
||||
Printing Hard Copies
|
||||
|
||||
* PostScript:: Printing buffers or regions as PostScript.
|
||||
* PostScript:: Printing buffers or regions as PostScript.
|
||||
* PostScript Variables:: Customizing the PostScript printing commands.
|
||||
* Printing Package:: An optional advanced printing interface.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1060,18 +1060,18 @@ Hyperlinking and Navigation Features
|
||||
|
||||
Customization
|
||||
|
||||
* Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is a feature you can turn on
|
||||
independently of any others.
|
||||
* Minor Modes:: Each minor mode is a feature you can turn on
|
||||
independently of any others.
|
||||
* Easy Customization:: Convenient way to browse and change settings.
|
||||
* Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
|
||||
to decide what to do; by setting variables,
|
||||
you can control their functioning.
|
||||
* Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
|
||||
By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
|
||||
* Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
|
||||
expressions are parsed.
|
||||
* Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
|
||||
@file{.emacs} file.
|
||||
* Variables:: Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
|
||||
to decide what to do; by setting variables,
|
||||
you can control their functioning.
|
||||
* Key Bindings:: The keymaps say what command each key runs.
|
||||
By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
|
||||
* Syntax:: The syntax table controls how words and
|
||||
expressions are parsed.
|
||||
* Init File:: How to write common customizations in the
|
||||
@file{.emacs} file.
|
||||
|
||||
Easy Customization Interface
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1087,10 +1087,10 @@ Easy Customization Interface
|
||||
|
||||
Variables
|
||||
|
||||
* Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
|
||||
* Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
|
||||
of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
|
||||
* Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
|
||||
* Examining:: Examining or setting one variable's value.
|
||||
* Hooks:: Hook variables let you specify programs for parts
|
||||
of Emacs to run on particular occasions.
|
||||
* Locals:: Per-buffer values of variables.
|
||||
* File Variables:: How files can specify variable values.
|
||||
* Directory Variables:: How variable values can be specified by directory.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1117,10 +1117,10 @@ Customizing Key Bindings
|
||||
|
||||
The Init File, @file{~/.emacs}
|
||||
|
||||
* Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* Init Syntax:: Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* Init Examples:: How to do some things with an init file.
|
||||
* Terminal Init:: Each terminal type can have an init file.
|
||||
* Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
|
||||
* Find Init:: How Emacs finds the init file.
|
||||
* Init Non-ASCII:: Using non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in an init file.
|
||||
|
||||
Dealing with Emacs Trouble
|
||||
@ -1138,31 +1138,31 @@ Dealing with Emacs Trouble
|
||||
Reporting Bugs
|
||||
|
||||
* Bug Criteria:: Have you really found a bug?
|
||||
* Understanding Bug Reporting:: How to report a bug effectively.
|
||||
* Checklist:: Steps to follow for a good bug report.
|
||||
* Sending Patches:: How to send a patch for GNU Emacs.
|
||||
* Understanding Bug Reporting:: How to report a bug effectively.
|
||||
* Checklist:: Steps to follow for a good bug report.
|
||||
* Sending Patches:: How to send a patch for GNU Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Command Line Arguments for Emacs Invocation
|
||||
|
||||
* Action Arguments:: Arguments to visit files, load libraries,
|
||||
and call functions.
|
||||
* Action Arguments:: Arguments to visit files, load libraries,
|
||||
and call functions.
|
||||
* Initial Options:: Arguments that take effect while starting Emacs.
|
||||
* Command Example:: Examples of using command line arguments.
|
||||
* Resume Arguments:: Specifying arguments when you resume a running Emacs.
|
||||
* Resume Arguments:: Specifying arguments when you resume a running Emacs.
|
||||
* Environment:: Environment variables that Emacs uses.
|
||||
* Display X:: Changing the default display and using remote login.
|
||||
* Font X:: Choosing a font for text, under X.
|
||||
* Colors:: Choosing display colors.
|
||||
* Font X:: Choosing a font for text, under X.
|
||||
* Colors:: Choosing display colors.
|
||||
* Window Size X:: Start-up window size, under X.
|
||||
* Borders X:: Internal and external borders, under X.
|
||||
* Borders X:: Internal and external borders, under X.
|
||||
* Title X:: Specifying the initial frame's title.
|
||||
* Icons X:: Choosing what sort of icon to use, under X.
|
||||
* Misc X:: Other display options.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment Variables
|
||||
|
||||
* General Variables:: Environment variables that all versions of Emacs use.
|
||||
* Misc Variables:: Certain system-specific variables.
|
||||
* General Variables:: Environment variables that all versions of Emacs use.
|
||||
* Misc Variables:: Certain system-specific variables.
|
||||
* MS-Windows Registry:: An alternative to the environment on MS-Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
X Options and Resources
|
||||
|
@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@c
|
||||
@c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
|
||||
@ -22,16 +23,16 @@ easier. For other ways to compare files, see
|
||||
and @ref{Top, Ediff,, ediff, The Ediff Manual}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Overview of Emerge:: How to start Emerge. Basic concepts.
|
||||
* Submodes of Emerge:: Fast mode vs. Edit mode.
|
||||
Skip Prefers mode and Auto Advance mode.
|
||||
* State of Difference:: You do the merge by specifying state A or B
|
||||
for each difference.
|
||||
* Merge Commands:: Commands for selecting a difference,
|
||||
changing states of differences, etc.
|
||||
* Exiting Emerge:: What to do when you've finished the merge.
|
||||
* Combining in Emerge:: How to keep both alternatives for a difference.
|
||||
* Fine Points of Emerge:: Miscellaneous issues.
|
||||
* Overview of Emerge:: How to start Emerge. Basic concepts.
|
||||
* Submodes of Emerge:: Fast mode vs. Edit mode.
|
||||
Skip Prefers mode and Auto Advance mode.
|
||||
* State of Difference:: You do the merge by specifying state A or B
|
||||
for each difference.
|
||||
* Merge Commands:: Commands for selecting a difference,
|
||||
changing states of differences, etc.
|
||||
* Exiting Emerge:: What to do when you've finished the merge.
|
||||
* Combining in Emerge:: How to keep both alternatives for a difference.
|
||||
* Fine Points of Emerge:: Miscellaneous issues.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Overview of Emerge
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000,
|
||||
@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Files, Buffers, Keyboard Macros, Top
|
||||
@chapter File Handling
|
||||
@ -201,6 +202,8 @@ since you visited or saved it last. If the file has changed, Emacs offers
|
||||
to reread it.
|
||||
|
||||
@vindex large-file-warning-threshold
|
||||
@cindex file, warning when size is large
|
||||
@cindex size of file, warning when visiting
|
||||
@cindex maximum buffer size exceeded, error message
|
||||
If you try to visit a file larger than
|
||||
@code{large-file-warning-threshold} (the default is 10000000, which is
|
||||
@ -553,9 +556,9 @@ makes a backup from the previous contents, and arranges to make
|
||||
another from the newly saved contents if you save again.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Names: Backup Names. How backup files are named.
|
||||
* Deletion: Backup Deletion. Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
|
||||
* Copying: Backup Copying. Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
|
||||
* Names: Backup Names. How backup files are named.
|
||||
* Deletion: Backup Deletion. Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
|
||||
* Copying: Backup Copying. Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Backup Names
|
||||
@ -994,7 +997,7 @@ execution of commands you have been typing.
|
||||
* Files: Auto Save Files. The file where auto-saved changes are
|
||||
actually made until you save the file.
|
||||
* Control: Auto Save Control. Controlling when and how often to auto-save.
|
||||
* Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files.
|
||||
* Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Auto Save Files
|
||||
|
@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@c
|
||||
@c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
|
||||
@ -57,12 +58,12 @@ command runs the hook @code{fortran-mode-hook}.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Motion: Fortran Motion. Moving point by statements or subprograms.
|
||||
* Indent: Fortran Indent. Indentation commands for Fortran.
|
||||
* Comments: Fortran Comments. Inserting and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Autofill: Fortran Autofill. Auto fill support for Fortran.
|
||||
* Columns: Fortran Columns. Measuring columns for valid Fortran.
|
||||
* Abbrev: Fortran Abbrev. Built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
||||
* Motion: Fortran Motion. Moving point by statements or subprograms.
|
||||
* Indent: Fortran Indent. Indentation commands for Fortran.
|
||||
* Comments: Fortran Comments. Inserting and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Autofill: Fortran Autofill. Auto fill support for Fortran.
|
||||
* Columns: Fortran Columns. Measuring columns for valid Fortran.
|
||||
* Abbrev: Fortran Abbrev. Built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Fortran Motion
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000,
|
||||
@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Frames, International, Windows, Top
|
||||
@chapter Frames and Graphical Displays
|
||||
@ -44,10 +45,10 @@ so that you can use many of the features described in this chapter.
|
||||
* Multiple Displays:: How one Emacs job can talk to several displays.
|
||||
* Special Buffer Frames:: You can make certain buffers have their own frames.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Changing the colors and other modes of frames.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: How to enable and disable scroll bars; how to use them.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: How to enable and disable scroll bars; how to use them.
|
||||
* Wheeled Mice:: Using mouse wheels for scrolling.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Using drag and drop to open files and insert text.
|
||||
* Menu Bars:: Enabling and disabling the menu bar.
|
||||
* Menu Bars:: Enabling and disabling the menu bar.
|
||||
* Tool Bars:: Enabling and disabling the tool bar.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Controlling use of dialog boxes.
|
||||
* Tooltips:: Displaying information at the current mouse position.
|
||||
@ -1269,6 +1270,12 @@ Customize @code{tool-bar-style} to select style. The default style is
|
||||
the same as for the desktop in the Gnome case. If no default is found,
|
||||
the tool bar uses just images.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex Tool Bar position
|
||||
You can also control the placement of the tool bar for the GTK+ tool bar
|
||||
with the frame parameter @code{tool-bar-position}.
|
||||
For a detailed description of frame parameters and customization,
|
||||
see @ref{Frame Parameters,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Dialog Boxes
|
||||
@section Using Dialog Boxes
|
||||
@cindex dialog boxes
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Help, Mark, M-x, Top
|
||||
@chapter Help
|
||||
@ -69,14 +70,14 @@ This displays the available Emacs packages based on keywords.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Help Summary:: Brief list of all Help commands.
|
||||
* Key Help:: Asking what a key does in Emacs.
|
||||
* Name Help:: Asking about a command, variable or function name.
|
||||
* Apropos:: Asking what pertains to a given topic.
|
||||
* Help Summary:: Brief list of all Help commands.
|
||||
* Key Help:: Asking what a key does in Emacs.
|
||||
* Name Help:: Asking about a command, variable or function name.
|
||||
* Apropos:: Asking what pertains to a given topic.
|
||||
* Help Mode:: Special features of Help mode and Help buffers.
|
||||
* Library Keywords:: Finding Lisp libraries by keywords (topics).
|
||||
* Library Keywords:: Finding Lisp libraries by keywords (topics).
|
||||
* Language Help:: Help relating to international language support.
|
||||
* Misc Help:: Other help commands.
|
||||
* Misc Help:: Other help commands.
|
||||
* Help Files:: Commands to display pre-written help files.
|
||||
* Help Echo:: Help on active text and tooltips (`balloon help').
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Killing, Yanking, Mark, Top
|
||||
@ -260,9 +261,9 @@ than you killed any text in Emacs, @kbd{C-y} copies the selection
|
||||
instead of text killed within Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Kill Ring:: Where killed text is stored. Basic yanking.
|
||||
* Appending Kills:: Several kills in a row all yank together.
|
||||
* Earlier Kills:: Yanking something killed some time ago.
|
||||
* Kill Ring:: Where killed text is stored. Basic yanking.
|
||||
* Appending Kills:: Several kills in a row all yank together.
|
||||
* Earlier Kills:: Yanking something killed some time ago.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Kill Ring
|
||||
|
@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ programs.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Version Control:: Using version control systems.
|
||||
* Change Log:: Maintaining a change history for your program.
|
||||
* Tags:: Go directly to any function in your program in one
|
||||
command. Tags remembers which file it is in.
|
||||
* Change Log:: Maintaining a change history for your program.
|
||||
* Tags:: Go directly to any function in your program in one
|
||||
command. Tags remembers which file it is in.
|
||||
* EDE:: An integrated development environment for Emacs.
|
||||
@ifnottex
|
||||
* Emerge:: A convenient way of merging two versions of a program.
|
||||
@ -1570,13 +1570,13 @@ within that file where the function is defined.
|
||||
@xref{Top,, Ebrowse, ebrowse, Ebrowse User's Manual}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Tag Syntax:: Tag syntax for various types of code and text files.
|
||||
* Create Tags Table:: Creating a tags table with @code{etags}.
|
||||
* Tag Syntax:: Tag syntax for various types of code and text files.
|
||||
* Create Tags Table:: Creating a tags table with @code{etags}.
|
||||
* Etags Regexps:: Create arbitrary tags using regular expressions.
|
||||
* Select Tags Table:: How to visit a tags table.
|
||||
* Find Tag:: Commands to find the definition of a specific tag.
|
||||
* Tags Search:: Using a tags table for searching and replacing.
|
||||
* List Tags:: Listing and finding tags defined in a file.
|
||||
* Select Tags Table:: How to visit a tags table.
|
||||
* Find Tag:: Commands to find the definition of a specific tag.
|
||||
* Tags Search:: Using a tags table for searching and replacing.
|
||||
* List Tags:: Listing and finding tags defined in a file.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Tag Syntax
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Mark, Killing, Help, Top
|
||||
@chapter The Mark and the Region
|
||||
@ -41,13 +42,13 @@ if the variable @code{highlight-nonselected-windows} is
|
||||
non-@code{nil}, each window highlights its own region.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Setting Mark:: Commands to set the mark.
|
||||
* Marking Objects:: Commands to put region around textual units.
|
||||
* Using Region:: Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
|
||||
* Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.
|
||||
* Setting Mark:: Commands to set the mark.
|
||||
* Marking Objects:: Commands to put region around textual units.
|
||||
* Using Region:: Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
|
||||
* Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.
|
||||
* Global Mark Ring:: Previous mark positions in various buffers.
|
||||
* Shift Selection:: Using shifted cursor motion keys.
|
||||
* Persistent Mark:: Keeping the mark active all the time.
|
||||
* Persistent Mark:: Keeping the mark active all the time.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Setting Mark
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Minibuffer, M-x, Basic, Top
|
||||
@chapter The Minibuffer
|
||||
@ -43,9 +44,9 @@ is in use, keystrokes do not echo.
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Minibuffer File:: Entering file names with the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Edit:: How to edit in the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
|
||||
* Completion:: An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Reusing recent minibuffer arguments.
|
||||
* Repetition:: Re-executing commands that used the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Repetition:: Re-executing commands that used the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Passwords:: Entering passwords in the echo area.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ set or customize the variable @code{doc-view-resolution}.
|
||||
(@code{quit-window}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Navigation:: Navigation inside DocView buffers.
|
||||
* Searching:: Searching inside documents.
|
||||
* Slicing:: Specifying which part of pages should be displayed.
|
||||
* Conversion:: Influencing and triggering conversion.
|
||||
* Navigation:: Navigation inside DocView buffers.
|
||||
* Searching:: Searching inside documents.
|
||||
* Slicing:: Specifying which part of pages should be displayed.
|
||||
* Conversion:: Influencing and triggering conversion.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Navigation
|
||||
@ -211,9 +211,9 @@ manual.
|
||||
To start Gnus, type @kbd{M-x gnus @key{RET}}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Buffers of Gnus:: The group, summary, and article buffers.
|
||||
* Gnus Startup:: What you should know about starting Gnus.
|
||||
* Summary of Gnus:: A short description of the basic Gnus commands.
|
||||
* Buffers of Gnus:: The group, summary, and article buffers.
|
||||
* Gnus Startup:: What you should know about starting Gnus.
|
||||
* Summary of Gnus:: A short description of the basic Gnus commands.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Buffers of Gnus
|
||||
@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ whether to supply @samp{-T} and @samp{-J} options (suitable for
|
||||
not compatible with @code{lpr}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* PostScript:: Printing buffers or regions as PostScript.
|
||||
* PostScript:: Printing buffers or regions as PostScript.
|
||||
* PostScript Variables:: Customizing the PostScript printing commands.
|
||||
* Printing Package:: An optional advanced printing interface.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Microsoft Windows, Manifesto, Mac OS / GNUstep, Top
|
||||
@appendix Emacs and Microsoft Windows/MS-DOS
|
||||
@ -761,8 +762,8 @@ printer, put this in your @file{.emacs} file:
|
||||
(setq ps-printer-name t)
|
||||
(setq ps-lpr-command "D:/gs6.01/bin/gswin32c.exe")
|
||||
(setq ps-lpr-switches '("-q" "-dNOPAUSE" "-dBATCH"
|
||||
"-sDEVICE=mswinpr2"
|
||||
"-sPAPERSIZE=a4"))
|
||||
"-sDEVICE=mswinpr2"
|
||||
"-sPAPERSIZE=a4"))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ in a buffer whose coding system is @code{utf-8-unix}:
|
||||
character: @`A (192, #o300, #xc0)
|
||||
preferred charset: unicode (Unicode (ISO10646))
|
||||
code point: 0xC0
|
||||
syntax: w which means: word
|
||||
syntax: w which means: word
|
||||
category: j:Japanese l:Latin v:Vietnamese
|
||||
buffer code: #xC3 #x80
|
||||
file code: not encodable by coding system undecided-unix
|
||||
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Highlight program syntax (@pxref{Font Lock}).
|
||||
of a program.
|
||||
* Program Indent:: Adjusting indentation to show the nesting.
|
||||
* Parentheses:: Commands that operate on parentheses.
|
||||
* Comments:: Inserting, killing, and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Comments:: Inserting, killing, and aligning comments.
|
||||
* Documentation:: Getting documentation of functions you plan to call.
|
||||
* Hideshow:: Displaying blocks selectively.
|
||||
* Symbol Completion:: Completion on symbol names of your program or language.
|
||||
@ -354,11 +354,11 @@ single line, a specified number of lines, or all of the lines inside a
|
||||
single parenthetical grouping.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Basic Indent:: Indenting a single line.
|
||||
* Basic Indent:: Indenting a single line.
|
||||
* Multi-line Indent:: Commands to reindent many lines at once.
|
||||
* Lisp Indent:: Specifying how each Lisp function should be indented.
|
||||
* C Indent:: Extra features for indenting C and related modes.
|
||||
* Custom C Indent:: Controlling indentation style for C and related modes.
|
||||
* Lisp Indent:: Specifying how each Lisp function should be indented.
|
||||
* C Indent:: Extra features for indenting C and related modes.
|
||||
* Custom C Indent:: Controlling indentation style for C and related modes.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex pretty-printer
|
||||
@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ parentheses and unbalanced string quotes in the buffer.
|
||||
* Expressions:: Expressions with balanced parentheses.
|
||||
* Moving by Parens:: Commands for moving up, down and across
|
||||
in the structure of parentheses.
|
||||
* Matching:: Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
|
||||
* Matching:: Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Expressions
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Rmail, Dired, Sending Mail, Top
|
||||
@chapter Reading Mail with Rmail
|
||||
@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ Rmail mode, which redefines most letters to run commands for managing mail.
|
||||
* Deletion: Rmail Deletion. Deleting and expunging messages.
|
||||
* Inbox: Rmail Inbox. How mail gets into the Rmail file.
|
||||
* Files: Rmail Files. Using multiple Rmail files.
|
||||
* Output: Rmail Output. Copying messages out to files.
|
||||
* Output: Rmail Output. Copying messages out to files.
|
||||
* Labels: Rmail Labels. Classifying messages by labeling them.
|
||||
* Attrs: Rmail Attributes. Certain standard labels, called attributes.
|
||||
* Reply: Rmail Reply. Sending replies to messages you are viewing.
|
||||
@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ Rmail mode, which redefines most letters to run commands for managing mail.
|
||||
* Coding: Rmail Coding. How Rmail handles decoding character sets.
|
||||
* Editing: Rmail Editing. Editing message text and headers in Rmail.
|
||||
* Digest: Rmail Digest. Extracting the messages from a digest message.
|
||||
* Rot13: Rmail Rot13. Reading messages encoded in the rot13 code.
|
||||
* Rot13: Rmail Rot13. Reading messages encoded in the rot13 code.
|
||||
* Movemail:: More details of fetching new mail.
|
||||
* Remote Mailboxes:: Retrieving mail from remote mailboxes.
|
||||
* Other Mailbox Formats:: Retrieving mail from local mailboxes in
|
||||
@ -834,8 +835,8 @@ Rmail buffer's name. Normally only one summary buffer is displayed at a
|
||||
time.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Rmail Make Summary:: Making various sorts of summaries.
|
||||
* Rmail Summary Edit:: Manipulating messages from the summary.
|
||||
* Rmail Make Summary:: Making various sorts of summaries.
|
||||
* Rmail Summary Edit:: Manipulating messages from the summary.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Rmail Make Summary
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Screen, User Input, Acknowledgments, Top
|
||||
@chapter The Organization of the Screen
|
||||
@ -53,10 +54,10 @@ reference. If you use multiple frames on a graphical display,
|
||||
selecting a particular frame selects a window in that frame.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Point:: The place in the text where editing commands operate.
|
||||
* Echo Area:: Short messages appear at the bottom of the screen.
|
||||
* Mode Line:: Interpreting the mode line.
|
||||
* Menu Bar:: How to use the menu bar.
|
||||
* Point:: The place in the text where editing commands operate.
|
||||
* Echo Area:: Short messages appear at the bottom of the screen.
|
||||
* Mode Line:: Interpreting the mode line.
|
||||
* Menu Bar:: How to use the menu bar.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Point
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Search, Fixit, Display, Top
|
||||
@chapter Searching and Replacement
|
||||
@ -19,16 +20,16 @@ thing, but search for patterns instead of fixed strings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Incremental Search:: Search happens as you type the string.
|
||||
* Nonincremental Search:: Specify entire string and then search.
|
||||
* Word Search:: Search for sequence of words.
|
||||
* Regexp Search:: Search for match for a regexp.
|
||||
* Regexps:: Syntax of regular expressions.
|
||||
* Regexp Backslash:: Regular expression constructs starting with `\'.
|
||||
* Regexp Example:: A complex regular expression explained.
|
||||
* Search Case:: To ignore case while searching, or not.
|
||||
* Replace:: Search, and replace some or all matches.
|
||||
* Other Repeating Search:: Operating on all matches for some regexp.
|
||||
* Incremental Search:: Search happens as you type the string.
|
||||
* Nonincremental Search:: Specify entire string and then search.
|
||||
* Word Search:: Search for sequence of words.
|
||||
* Regexp Search:: Search for match for a regexp.
|
||||
* Regexps:: Syntax of regular expressions.
|
||||
* Regexp Backslash:: Regular expression constructs starting with `\'.
|
||||
* Regexp Example:: A complex regular expression explained.
|
||||
* Search Case:: To ignore case while searching, or not.
|
||||
* Replace:: Search, and replace some or all matches.
|
||||
* Other Repeating Search:: Operating on all matches for some regexp.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Incremental Search
|
||||
@ -983,10 +984,10 @@ is possible to perform several replacements in parallel, using the
|
||||
command @code{expand-region-abbrevs} (@pxref{Expanding Abbrevs}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Unconditional Replace:: Replacing all matches for a string.
|
||||
* Regexp Replace:: Replacing all matches for a regexp.
|
||||
* Replacement and Case:: How replacements preserve case of letters.
|
||||
* Query Replace:: How to use querying.
|
||||
* Unconditional Replace:: Replacing all matches for a string.
|
||||
* Regexp Replace:: Replacing all matches for a regexp.
|
||||
* Replacement and Case:: How replacements preserve case of letters.
|
||||
* Query Replace:: How to use querying.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Unconditional Replace, Regexp Replace, Replace, Replace
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Sending Mail
|
||||
@chapter Sending Mail
|
||||
@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ you may need to customize @code{user-mail-address} if the system
|
||||
cannot receive mail via SMTP (@pxref{Mail Headers}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Format: Mail Format. Format of a mail message.
|
||||
* Format: Mail Format. Format of a mail message.
|
||||
* Headers: Mail Headers. Details of some standard mail header fields.
|
||||
* Aliases: Mail Aliases. Abbreviating and grouping mail addresses.
|
||||
* Commands: Mail Commands. Special commands for editing mail being composed.
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the Emacs manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@node Text, Programs, Indentation, Top
|
||||
@chapter Commands for Human Languages
|
||||
@ -57,17 +58,17 @@ for editing such pictures.
|
||||
@inforef{Top,, autotype}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Words:: Moving over and killing words.
|
||||
* Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
|
||||
* Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
|
||||
* Pages:: Moving over pages.
|
||||
* Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
|
||||
* Case:: Changing the case of text.
|
||||
* Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
|
||||
* Words:: Moving over and killing words.
|
||||
* Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
|
||||
* Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
|
||||
* Pages:: Moving over pages.
|
||||
* Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
|
||||
* Case:: Changing the case of text.
|
||||
* Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
|
||||
* Outline Mode:: Editing outlines.
|
||||
* TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
|
||||
* TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
|
||||
* HTML Mode:: Editing HTML and SGML files.
|
||||
* Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
|
||||
* Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
|
||||
* Formatted Text:: Editing formatted text directly in WYSIWYG fashion.
|
||||
* Text Based Tables:: Editing text-based tables in WYSIWYG fashion.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
@ -402,13 +403,12 @@ a style of filling for each portion of the text (@pxref{Formatted
|
||||
Text}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
|
||||
* Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
|
||||
* Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented
|
||||
or in a comment, etc.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: How Emacs can determine the fill prefix automatically.
|
||||
* Refill:: Keeping paragraphs filled.
|
||||
* Longlines:: Editing text with very long lines.
|
||||
* Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
|
||||
* Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
|
||||
* Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented or in a comment, etc.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: How Emacs can determine the fill prefix automatically.
|
||||
* Refill:: Keeping paragraphs filled.
|
||||
* Longlines:: Editing text with very long lines.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Auto Fill
|
||||
@ -978,8 +978,8 @@ major mode's special commands. (The variable
|
||||
the hook @code{outline-mode-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Format: Outline Format. What the text of an outline looks like.
|
||||
* Motion: Outline Motion. Special commands for moving through
|
||||
* Format: Outline Format. What the text of an outline looks like.
|
||||
* Motion: Outline Motion. Special commands for moving through
|
||||
outlines.
|
||||
* Visibility: Outline Visibility. Commands to control what is visible.
|
||||
* Views: Outline Views. Outlines and multiple views.
|
||||
|
@ -426,10 +426,10 @@ problem in these two documents might provide you with a solution or a
|
||||
work-around, or give you additional information about related issues.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Criteria: Bug Criteria. Have you really found a bug?
|
||||
* Understanding Bug Reporting:: How to report a bug effectively.
|
||||
* Checklist:: Steps to follow for a good bug report.
|
||||
* Sending Patches:: How to send a patch for GNU Emacs.
|
||||
* Criteria: Bug Criteria. Have you really found a bug?
|
||||
* Understanding Bug Reporting:: How to report a bug effectively.
|
||||
* Checklist:: Steps to follow for a good bug report.
|
||||
* Sending Patches:: How to send a patch for GNU Emacs.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Bug Criteria
|
||||
|
@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ a symbolic name for a revision.
|
||||
stable version of the system that is ready for distribution to users.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Making Revision Tags:: The tag facilities.
|
||||
* Revision Tag Caveats:: Things to be careful of when using tags.
|
||||
* Making Revision Tags:: The tag facilities.
|
||||
* Revision Tag Caveats:: Things to be careful of when using tags.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Making Revision Tags
|
||||
|
@ -435,13 +435,14 @@ Emacs.pane.menubar.faceName: Courier-12
|
||||
To specify a font, use fontconfig font names as values to the @code{faceName}
|
||||
resource.
|
||||
|
||||
If Emacs is not built with the Xft library, Lucid menus and dialogs can only
|
||||
display old style fonts. If Emacs is built with Xft and you prefer the old
|
||||
fonts, you have to specify @samp{none} to @code{faceName}:
|
||||
If Emacs is not built with the Xft library, Lucid menus and dialogs
|
||||
can only display old style fonts. If Emacs is built with Xft and you
|
||||
prefer the old fonts, you have to specify @samp{none} to
|
||||
@code{faceName}:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
Emacs.pane.menubar.faceName: none
|
||||
Emacs.pane.dialog.faceName: none
|
||||
Emacs.pane.menubar.faceName: none
|
||||
Emacs.pane.dialog.faceName: none
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ Resources for @emph{non-menubar} toolkit pop-up menus have
|
||||
the font @samp{8x16} for the pop-up menu items, write this:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
Emacs.menu*.font: 8x16
|
||||
Emacs.menu*.font: 8x16
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
|
||||
2010-06-23 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* emacs-lisp-intro.texi: Untabify.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-07 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 23.2 released.
|
||||
@ -208,7 +212,7 @@
|
||||
(Simple Extension): Replace longer expression with
|
||||
`emacs-major-version'. Remove comment about `number-to-string'
|
||||
function.
|
||||
(Miscellaneous): Add filename option, `-H', to `grep' example
|
||||
(Miscellaneous): Add filename option, `-H', to `grep' example.
|
||||
(debug, debug-on-entry): Replace `GNU Emacs 22' with `a recent
|
||||
GNU Emacs'.
|
||||
(edebug): More properly state where to place point for 'M-x
|
||||
@ -230,7 +234,7 @@
|
||||
(sentence-end): Specify `in English' for glyphs that end a sentence.
|
||||
Note that in GNU Emacs 22, the name refers to both a variable and a
|
||||
function.
|
||||
(fwd-sentence while loops): Write a function as one, not as a form
|
||||
(fwd-sentence while loops): Write a function as one, not as a form.
|
||||
(fwd-para let): Add `which' to sentence with `parstart' and `parsep'.
|
||||
(etags): Move sentences involving `find-tag' and sources. State
|
||||
location of Emacs `src' directory.
|
||||
@ -352,7 +356,7 @@
|
||||
2003-11-16 Kevin Ryde <user42@zip.com.au>
|
||||
|
||||
* emacs-lisp-intro.texi: [CVS commitment by <bob@rattlesnake.com>]
|
||||
Corrections to cross references,
|
||||
Corrections to cross references.
|
||||
(Interactive Options): elisp "interactive" -> "Using Interactive".
|
||||
(defvar and asterisk): Remove emacs "Edit Options" reference,
|
||||
edit-options is no longer described in the emacs manual.
|
||||
|
@ -17789,7 +17789,7 @@ Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
|
||||
This is an interface to the function `load'."
|
||||
(interactive
|
||||
(list (completing-read "Load library: "
|
||||
(apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
|
||||
(apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
|
||||
load-path
|
||||
(get-load-suffixes)))))
|
||||
(load library))
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,62 @@
|
||||
2010-08-08 Christoph <cschol2112@googlemail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* control.texi (Handling Errors) <error-message-string>: Fix arg name.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-08 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* modes.texi (Defining Minor Modes): Use C-backspace, not C-delete.
|
||||
Suggested by Štěpán Němec <stepnem@gmail.com>.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-08 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* minibuf.texi (High-Level Completion): Document args of
|
||||
`read-buffer-function' (bug#5625).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-29 Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
|
||||
|
||||
* frames.texi (Layout Parameters): Add doc for tool-bar-position.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-29 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* processes.texi (Process Information): Explain process property
|
||||
`remote-tty'.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-27 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* modes.texi (Defining Minor Modes): Use C-delete in examples,
|
||||
instead of "\C-\^?" (bug#6334).
|
||||
|
||||
* text.texi (Special Properties): Fix typo.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-09 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* internals.texi (Writing Emacs Primitives): Adapt to ANSI C
|
||||
calling sequences, which are now the standard.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-24 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* text.texi (Undo): Clarify command loop behavior (Bug#2433).
|
||||
|
||||
* commands.texi (Command Overview): Mention undo-boundary call.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-23 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* abbrevs.texi, commands.texi, compile.texi, debugging.texi:
|
||||
* display.texi, edebug.texi, elisp.texi, eval.texi, files.texi:
|
||||
* frames.texi, functions.texi, internals.texi, keymaps.texi:
|
||||
* loading.texi, minibuf.texi, numbers.texi, os.texi, processes.texi:
|
||||
* searching.texi, sequences.texi, strings.texi, syntax.texi:
|
||||
* text.texi, tips.texi, vol1.texi, vol2.texi, windows.texi:
|
||||
Untabify Texinfo files.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-20 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* modes.texi (Minor Mode Conventions): Fix typo (Bug#6477).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-19 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* errors.texi (Standard Errors): Remove unnecessary markup (Bug#6461).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-02 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* searching.texi (Regexp Special): Remove obsolete information
|
||||
@ -15,8 +74,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-22 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* display.texi (Image Cache): Update documentation about image
|
||||
caching.
|
||||
* display.texi (Image Cache): Update documentation about image caching.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-08 Štěpán Němec <stepnem@gmail.com> (tiny change)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -5987,7 +6045,7 @@
|
||||
2005-02-05 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* frames.texi (Color Names): Add pointer to the X docs about RGB
|
||||
color specifications. Improve indexing
|
||||
color specifications. Improve indexing.
|
||||
(Text Terminal Colors): Replace the description of RGB values by
|
||||
an xref to "Color Names".
|
||||
|
||||
@ -7750,7 +7808,7 @@
|
||||
* minibuf.texi (Reading File Names): read-file-name has new
|
||||
arg PREDICATE. New function read-directory-name.
|
||||
|
||||
* macros.texi (Defining Macros): Give definition of `declare'
|
||||
* macros.texi (Defining Macros): Give definition of `declare'.
|
||||
(Indenting Macros): New node.
|
||||
|
||||
* frames.texi (Parameter Access): Add modify-all-frames-parameters.
|
||||
@ -7854,7 +7912,7 @@
|
||||
* numbers.texi (Integer Basics): Add most-positive-fixnum,
|
||||
most-negative-fixnum.
|
||||
|
||||
* compile.texi (Byte Compilation): Explain no-byte-compile
|
||||
* compile.texi (Byte Compilation): Explain no-byte-compile.
|
||||
(Compiler Errors): New node.
|
||||
|
||||
* os.texi (User Identification): user-uid, user-real-uid
|
||||
|
@ -376,10 +376,10 @@ definitions of @code{local-abbrev-table} and @code{text-mode-abbrev-table}.
|
||||
(funcall expand))))
|
||||
|
||||
(add-hook 'foo-mode-hook
|
||||
#'(lambda ()
|
||||
(add-hook 'abbrev-expand-functions
|
||||
'foo-mode-abbrev-expand-function
|
||||
nil t)))
|
||||
#'(lambda ()
|
||||
(add-hook 'abbrev-expand-functions
|
||||
'foo-mode-abbrev-expand-function
|
||||
nil t)))
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@node Standard Abbrev Tables, Abbrev Properties, Abbrev Expansion, Abbrevs
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/commands
|
||||
@node Command Loop, Keymaps, Minibuffers, Top
|
||||
@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ are done, and the subroutines that allow Lisp programs to do them.
|
||||
* Distinguish Interactive:: Making a command distinguish interactive calls.
|
||||
* Command Loop Info:: Variables set by the command loop for you to examine.
|
||||
* Adjusting Point:: Adjustment of point after a command.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Reading Input:: How to read input events from the keyboard or mouse.
|
||||
* Special Events:: Events processed immediately and individually.
|
||||
* Waiting:: Waiting for user input or elapsed time.
|
||||
@ -52,16 +53,19 @@ function. If the key is @kbd{M-x}, then it reads the name of another
|
||||
command, which it then calls. This is done by the command
|
||||
@code{execute-extended-command} (@pxref{Interactive Call}).
|
||||
|
||||
To execute a command requires first reading the arguments for it.
|
||||
This is done by calling @code{command-execute} (@pxref{Interactive
|
||||
Call}). For commands written in Lisp, the @code{interactive}
|
||||
specification says how to read the arguments. This may use the prefix
|
||||
argument (@pxref{Prefix Command Arguments}) or may read with prompting
|
||||
in the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffers}). For example, the command
|
||||
@code{find-file} has an @code{interactive} specification which says to
|
||||
read a file name using the minibuffer. The command's function body does
|
||||
not use the minibuffer; if you call this command from Lisp code as a
|
||||
function, you must supply the file name string as an ordinary Lisp
|
||||
Prior to executing the command, Emacs runs @code{undo-boundary} to
|
||||
create an undo boundary. @xref{Maintaining Undo}.
|
||||
|
||||
To execute a command, Emacs first reads its arguments by calling
|
||||
@code{command-execute} (@pxref{Interactive Call}). For commands
|
||||
written in Lisp, the @code{interactive} specification says how to read
|
||||
the arguments. This may use the prefix argument (@pxref{Prefix
|
||||
Command Arguments}) or may read with prompting in the minibuffer
|
||||
(@pxref{Minibuffers}). For example, the command @code{find-file} has
|
||||
an @code{interactive} specification which says to read a file name
|
||||
using the minibuffer. The function body of @code{find-file} does not
|
||||
use the minibuffer, so if you call @code{find-file} as a function from
|
||||
Lisp code, you must supply the file name string as an ordinary Lisp
|
||||
function argument.
|
||||
|
||||
If the command is a string or vector (i.e., a keyboard macro) then
|
||||
@ -968,23 +972,23 @@ the current Emacs session. If a symbol has not yet been so used,
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Keyboard Events:: Ordinary characters--keys with symbols on them.
|
||||
* Function Keys:: Function keys--keys with names, not symbols.
|
||||
* Keyboard Events:: Ordinary characters--keys with symbols on them.
|
||||
* Function Keys:: Function keys--keys with names, not symbols.
|
||||
* Mouse Events:: Overview of mouse events.
|
||||
* Click Events:: Pushing and releasing a mouse button.
|
||||
* Drag Events:: Moving the mouse before releasing the button.
|
||||
* Button-Down Events:: A button was pushed and not yet released.
|
||||
* Click Events:: Pushing and releasing a mouse button.
|
||||
* Drag Events:: Moving the mouse before releasing the button.
|
||||
* Button-Down Events:: A button was pushed and not yet released.
|
||||
* Repeat Events:: Double and triple click (or drag, or down).
|
||||
* Motion Events:: Just moving the mouse, not pushing a button.
|
||||
* Focus Events:: Moving the mouse between frames.
|
||||
* Motion Events:: Just moving the mouse, not pushing a button.
|
||||
* Focus Events:: Moving the mouse between frames.
|
||||
* Misc Events:: Other events the system can generate.
|
||||
* Event Examples:: Examples of the lists for mouse events.
|
||||
* Classifying Events:: Finding the modifier keys in an event symbol.
|
||||
Event types.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Scroll:: Functions to get info from scroll bar events.
|
||||
* Event Examples:: Examples of the lists for mouse events.
|
||||
* Classifying Events:: Finding the modifier keys in an event symbol.
|
||||
Event types.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Scroll:: Functions to get info from scroll bar events.
|
||||
* Strings of Events:: Special considerations for putting
|
||||
keyboard character events in a string.
|
||||
keyboard character events in a string.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Keyboard Events
|
||||
@ -2158,12 +2162,12 @@ debugging terminal input.
|
||||
For higher-level input facilities, see @ref{Minibuffers}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Key Sequence Input:: How to read one key sequence.
|
||||
* Reading One Event:: How to read just one event.
|
||||
* Key Sequence Input:: How to read one key sequence.
|
||||
* Reading One Event:: How to read just one event.
|
||||
* Event Mod:: How Emacs modifies events as they are read.
|
||||
* Invoking the Input Method:: How reading an event uses the input method.
|
||||
* Quoted Character Input:: Asking the user to specify a character.
|
||||
* Event Input Misc:: How to reread or throw away input events.
|
||||
* Quoted Character Input:: Asking the user to specify a character.
|
||||
* Event Input Misc:: How to reread or throw away input events.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Key Sequence Input
|
||||
@ -2889,9 +2893,9 @@ normal quitting is permitted after the first character of input.
|
||||
(while (not done)
|
||||
(let ((inhibit-quit first)
|
||||
@dots{})
|
||||
(and prompt (message "%s-" prompt))
|
||||
(setq char (read-event))
|
||||
(if inhibit-quit (setq quit-flag nil)))
|
||||
(and prompt (message "%s-" prompt))
|
||||
(setq char (read-event))
|
||||
(if inhibit-quit (setq quit-flag nil)))
|
||||
@r{@dots{}set the variable @code{code}@dots{}})
|
||||
code))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ byte compilation.
|
||||
* Compilation Functions:: Byte compilation functions.
|
||||
* Docs and Compilation:: Dynamic loading of documentation strings.
|
||||
* Dynamic Loading:: Dynamic loading of individual functions.
|
||||
* Eval During Compile:: Code to be evaluated when you compile.
|
||||
* Eval During Compile:: Code to be evaluated when you compile.
|
||||
* Compiler Errors:: Handling compiler error messages.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Disassembly:: Disassembling byte-code; how to read byte-code.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ to @code{condition-case} whose error condition you want to re-throw.
|
||||
@xref{Definition of signal}.
|
||||
@end defspec
|
||||
|
||||
@defun error-message-string error-description
|
||||
@defun error-message-string error-descriptor
|
||||
This function returns the error message string for a given error
|
||||
descriptor. It is useful if you want to handle an error by printing the
|
||||
usual error message for that error. @xref{Definition of signal}.
|
||||
|
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ compiler, you need to know how to examine the compiler's input buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Debugger:: How the Emacs Lisp debugger is implemented.
|
||||
* Edebug:: A source-level Emacs Lisp debugger.
|
||||
* Edebug:: A source-level Emacs Lisp debugger.
|
||||
* Syntax Errors:: How to find syntax errors.
|
||||
* Test Coverage:: Ensuring you have tested all branches in your code.
|
||||
* Compilation Errors:: How to find errors that show up in byte compilation.
|
||||
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ debugger recursively. @xref{Recursive Editing}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Error Debugging:: Entering the debugger when an error happens.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Function Debugging:: Entering it when a certain function is called.
|
||||
* Explicit Debug:: Entering it at a certain point in the program.
|
||||
* Using Debugger:: What the debugger does; what you see while in it.
|
||||
|
@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ inside the overlay or outside, and likewise for the end of the overlay.
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays.
|
||||
* Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
* Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -59,24 +59,24 @@ The first three sections below should tell you enough about Edebug to
|
||||
start using it.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Modes: Edebug Execution Modes. Execution modes, stopping more or less often.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Misc: Edebug Misc. Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Misc: Edebug Misc. Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Views: Edebug Views. Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval: Edebug Eval. Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Edebug and Macros:: Specifying how to handle macro calls.
|
||||
* Options: Edebug Options. Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Views: Edebug Views. Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval: Edebug Eval. Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Edebug and Macros:: Specifying how to handle macro calls.
|
||||
* Options: Edebug Options. Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Using Edebug
|
||||
@ -429,8 +429,8 @@ breakpoints, the global break condition, and source breakpoints.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints at stop points.
|
||||
* Global Break Condition:: Breaking on an event.
|
||||
* Source Breakpoints:: Embedding breakpoints in source code.
|
||||
* Global Break Condition:: Breaking on an event.
|
||||
* Source Breakpoints:: Embedding breakpoints in source code.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Breakpoints
|
||||
@ -940,9 +940,9 @@ explains precisely what context Edebug restores, and how Edebug fails to
|
||||
be completely transparent.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Checking Whether to Stop:: When Edebug decides what to do.
|
||||
* Edebug Display Update:: When Edebug updates the display.
|
||||
* Edebug Recursive Edit:: When Edebug stops execution.
|
||||
* Checking Whether to Stop:: When Edebug decides what to do.
|
||||
* Edebug Display Update:: When Edebug updates the display.
|
||||
* Edebug Recursive Edit:: When Edebug stops execution.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Checking Whether to Stop
|
||||
@ -1074,9 +1074,9 @@ extra care is needed. This subsection explains the details.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Instrumenting Macro Calls:: The basic problem.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification Examples:: To help understand specifications.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification Examples:: To help understand specifications.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Instrumenting Macro Calls
|
||||
|
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
|
||||
files are made.
|
||||
* Buffers:: Creating and using buffer objects.
|
||||
* Windows:: Manipulating windows and displaying buffers.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Positions:: Buffer positions and motion functions.
|
||||
* Markers:: Markers represent positions and update
|
||||
automatically when the text is changed.
|
||||
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
|
||||
* Abbrevs:: How Abbrev mode works, and its data structures.
|
||||
|
||||
* Processes:: Running and communicating with subprocesses.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* System Interface:: Getting the user id, system type, environment
|
||||
variables, and other such things.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Editing Types
|
||||
Numbers
|
||||
|
||||
* Integer Basics:: Representation and range of integers.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Predicates on Numbers:: Testing for numbers.
|
||||
* Comparison of Numbers:: Equality and inequality predicates.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Arithmetic Operations:: How to add, subtract, multiply and divide.
|
||||
* Rounding Operations:: Explicitly rounding floating point numbers.
|
||||
* Bitwise Operations:: Logical and, or, not, shifting.
|
||||
@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Strings and Characters
|
||||
* String Conversion:: Converting to and from characters and strings.
|
||||
* Formatting Strings:: @code{format}: Emacs's analogue of @code{printf}.
|
||||
* Case Conversion:: Case conversion functions.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
Lists
|
||||
|
||||
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Kinds of Forms
|
||||
* Symbol Forms:: Symbols evaluate as variables.
|
||||
* Classifying Lists:: How to distinguish various sorts of list forms.
|
||||
* Function Indirection:: When a symbol appears as the car of a list,
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
* Function Forms:: Forms that call functions.
|
||||
* Macro Forms:: Forms that call macros.
|
||||
* Special Forms:: "Special forms" are idiosyncratic primitives,
|
||||
@ -460,9 +460,9 @@ Functions
|
||||
* Function Cells:: Accessing or setting the function definition
|
||||
of a symbol.
|
||||
* Obsolete Functions:: Declaring functions obsolete.
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
will open code.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Function Safety:: Determining whether a function is safe to call.
|
||||
* Related Topics:: Cross-references to specific Lisp primitives
|
||||
that have a special bearing on how
|
||||
@ -522,9 +522,9 @@ Loading
|
||||
* Repeated Loading:: Precautions about loading a file twice.
|
||||
* Named Features:: Loading a library if it isn't already loaded.
|
||||
* Where Defined:: Finding which file defined a certain symbol.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
Byte Compilation
|
||||
|
||||
@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Byte Compilation
|
||||
* Dynamic Loading:: Dynamic loading of individual functions.
|
||||
* Eval During Compile:: Code to be evaluated when you compile.
|
||||
* Compiler Errors:: Handling compiler error messages.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Disassembly:: Disassembling byte-code; how to read byte-code.
|
||||
|
||||
Advising Emacs Lisp Functions
|
||||
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Debugging Lisp Programs
|
||||
The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
* Error Debugging:: Entering the debugger when an error happens.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Function Debugging:: Entering it when a certain function is called.
|
||||
* Explicit Debug:: Entering it at a certain point in the program.
|
||||
* Using Debugger:: What the debugger does; what you see while in it.
|
||||
@ -573,24 +573,24 @@ The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
Edebug
|
||||
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Execution Modes:: Execution modes, stopping more or less often.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Edebug and Macros:: Specifying how to handle macro calls.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
|
||||
Breaks
|
||||
|
||||
@ -607,8 +607,8 @@ The Outside Context
|
||||
Edebug and Macros
|
||||
|
||||
* Instrumenting Macro Calls::The basic problem.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification Examples:: To help understand specifications.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugging Invalid Lisp Syntax
|
||||
@ -633,13 +633,13 @@ Minibuffers
|
||||
* Intro to Minibuffers:: Basic information about minibuffers.
|
||||
* Text from Minibuffer:: How to read a straight text string.
|
||||
* Object from Minibuffer:: How to read a Lisp object or expression.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Initial Input:: Specifying initial contents for the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: How to invoke and customize completion.
|
||||
* Yes-or-No Queries:: Asking a question with a simple answer.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Commands:: Commands used as key bindings in minibuffers.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Contents:: How such commands access the minibuffer text.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Windows:: Operating on the special minibuffer windows.
|
||||
@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Command Loop
|
||||
* Distinguish Interactive:: Making a command distinguish interactive calls.
|
||||
* Command Loop Info:: Variables set by the command loop for you to examine.
|
||||
* Adjusting Point:: Adjustment of point after a command.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Reading Input:: How to read input events from the keyboard or mouse.
|
||||
* Special Events:: Events processed immediately and individually.
|
||||
* Waiting:: Waiting for user input or elapsed time.
|
||||
@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ Input Events
|
||||
* Event Examples:: Examples of the lists for mouse events.
|
||||
* Classifying Events:: Finding the modifier keys in an event symbol.
|
||||
Event types.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Scroll:: Functions to get info from scroll bar events.
|
||||
* Strings of Events:: Special considerations for putting
|
||||
keyboard character events in a string.
|
||||
@ -850,9 +850,9 @@ Files
|
||||
* Changing Files:: Renaming files, changing protection, etc.
|
||||
* File Names:: Decomposing and expanding file names.
|
||||
* Contents of Directories:: Getting a list of the files in a directory.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Format Conversion:: Conversion to and from various file formats.
|
||||
|
||||
Visiting Files
|
||||
@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ Information about Files
|
||||
|
||||
* Testing Accessibility:: Is a given file readable? Writable?
|
||||
* Kinds of Files:: Is it a directory? A symbolic link?
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* File Attributes:: How large is it? Any other names? Etc.
|
||||
* Locating Files:: How to find a file in standard places.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -934,8 +934,8 @@ Windows
|
||||
* Buffers and Windows:: Each window displays the contents of a buffer.
|
||||
* Displaying Buffers:: Higher-level functions for displaying a buffer
|
||||
and choosing a window for it.
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
a specific window.
|
||||
* Window Point:: Each window has its own location of point.
|
||||
* Window Start and End:: Buffer positions indicating which text is
|
||||
@ -955,37 +955,37 @@ Windows
|
||||
|
||||
Frames
|
||||
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Multiple Terminals:: Displaying on several different devices.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Terminal Parameters:: Parameters common for all frames on terminal.
|
||||
* Frame Titles:: Automatic updating of frame titles.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons.
|
||||
* Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows;
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
* Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Displaying a box to ask yes or no.
|
||||
* Pointer Shape:: Specifying the shape of the mouse pointer.
|
||||
* Window System Selections::Transferring text to and from other X clients.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Internals of Drag-and-Drop implementation.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Text Terminal Colors:: Defining colors for text-only terminals.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Display Feature Testing:: Determining the features of a terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
Frame Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
* Parameter Access:: How to change a frame's parameters.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Window Frame Parameters:: List of frame parameters for window systems.
|
||||
* Size and Position:: Changing the size and position of a frame.
|
||||
* Geometry:: Parsing geometry specifications.
|
||||
@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ Text
|
||||
later use.
|
||||
* Undo:: Undoing changes to the text of a buffer.
|
||||
* Maintaining Undo:: How to enable and disable undo information.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
* Filling:: Functions for explicit filling.
|
||||
* Margins:: How to specify margins for filling commands.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix
|
||||
@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ The Kill Ring
|
||||
* Kill Functions:: Functions that kill text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: How yanking is done.
|
||||
* Yank Commands:: Commands that access the kill ring.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Internals of Kill Ring:: Variables that hold kill ring data.
|
||||
|
||||
Indentation
|
||||
@ -1085,9 +1085,9 @@ Indentation
|
||||
Text Properties
|
||||
|
||||
* Examining Properties:: Looking at the properties of one character.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Format Properties:: Properties for representing formatting of text.
|
||||
* Sticky Properties:: How inserted text gets properties from
|
||||
neighboring text.
|
||||
@ -1097,8 +1097,8 @@ Text Properties
|
||||
do something when you click on them.
|
||||
* Fields:: The @code{field} property defines
|
||||
fields within the buffer.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ Searching and Matching
|
||||
* POSIX Regexps:: Searching POSIX-style for the longest match.
|
||||
* Match Data:: Finding out which part of the text matched,
|
||||
after a string or regexp search.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Standard Regexps:: Useful regexps for finding sentences, pages,...
|
||||
|
||||
Regular Expressions
|
||||
@ -1158,9 +1158,9 @@ Syntax of Regular Expressions
|
||||
|
||||
The Match Data
|
||||
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Simple Match Data:: Accessing single items of match data,
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
* Entire Match Data:: Accessing the entire match data at once, as a list.
|
||||
* Saving Match Data:: Saving and restoring the match data.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ Syntax Tables
|
||||
* Syntax Descriptors:: How characters are classified.
|
||||
* Syntax Table Functions:: How to create, examine and alter syntax tables.
|
||||
* Syntax Properties:: Overriding syntax with text properties.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Parsing Expressions:: Parsing balanced expressions
|
||||
using the syntax table.
|
||||
* Standard Syntax Tables:: Syntax tables used by various major modes.
|
||||
@ -1259,10 +1259,10 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text.
|
||||
* Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way).
|
||||
* Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen.
|
||||
* Line Height:: Controlling the height of lines.
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
for text characters: font, colors, etc.
|
||||
* Fringes:: Controlling window fringes.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: Controlling vertical scroll bars.
|
||||
@ -1271,9 +1271,9 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Buttons:: Adding clickable buttons to Emacs buffers.
|
||||
* Abstract Display:: Emacs' Widget for Object Collections.
|
||||
* Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis.
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
nonprinting chars.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Beeping:: Audible signal to the user.
|
||||
* Window Systems:: Which window system is being used.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ Overlays
|
||||
|
||||
* Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays.
|
||||
* Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
* Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays.
|
||||
|
||||
Faces
|
||||
@ -1375,14 +1375,14 @@ Operating System Interface
|
||||
* Getting Out:: How exiting works (permanent or temporary).
|
||||
* System Environment:: Distinguish the name and kind of system.
|
||||
* User Identification:: Finding the name and user id of the user.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time Conversion:: Converting a time from numeric form to
|
||||
calendrical data and vice versa.
|
||||
* Time Parsing:: Converting a time from numeric form to text
|
||||
and vice versa.
|
||||
* Processor Run Time:: Getting the run time used by Emacs.
|
||||
* Time Calculations:: Adding, subtracting, comparing times, etc.
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
certain time.
|
||||
* Idle Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function when Emacs has
|
||||
been idle for a certain length of time.
|
||||
@ -1409,8 +1409,8 @@ Getting Out of Emacs
|
||||
|
||||
Terminal Input
|
||||
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
|
||||
Tips and Conventions
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ Tips and Conventions
|
||||
* Compilation Tips:: Making compiled code run fast.
|
||||
* Warning Tips:: Turning off compiler warnings.
|
||||
* Documentation Tips:: Writing readable documentation strings.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Library Headers:: Standard headers for library packages.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU Emacs Internals
|
||||
|
@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ sequence or buffer.@*
|
||||
@xref{Lisp and Coding Systems}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item cyclic-function-indirection
|
||||
@code{"Symbol's chain of function indirections\@* contains a loop"}@*
|
||||
@code{"Symbol's chain of function indirections contains a loop"}@*
|
||||
@xref{Function Indirection}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item cyclic-variable-indirection
|
||||
@code{"Symbol's chain of variable indirections\@* contains a loop"}@*
|
||||
@code{"Symbol's chain of variable indirections contains a loop"}@*
|
||||
@xref{Variable Aliases}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item end-of-buffer
|
||||
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ forms.
|
||||
* Symbol Forms:: Symbols evaluate as variables.
|
||||
* Classifying Lists:: How to distinguish various sorts of list forms.
|
||||
* Function Indirection:: When a symbol appears as the car of a list,
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
* Function Forms:: Forms that call functions.
|
||||
* Macro Forms:: Forms that call macros.
|
||||
* Special Forms:: "Special forms" are idiosyncratic primitives,
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/files
|
||||
@node Files, Backups and Auto-Saving, Documentation, Top
|
||||
@ -38,9 +39,9 @@ to locale @code{system-message-locale}, and decoded using coding system
|
||||
* Changing Files:: Renaming files, changing protection, etc.
|
||||
* File Names:: Decomposing and expanding file names.
|
||||
* Contents of Directories:: Getting a list of the files in a directory.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Format Conversion:: Conversion to and from various file formats.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -755,7 +756,7 @@ otherwise noted.
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Testing Accessibility:: Is a given file readable? Writable?
|
||||
* Kinds of Files:: Is it a directory? A symbolic link?
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* File Attributes:: How large is it? Any other names? Etc.
|
||||
* Locating Files:: How to find a file in standard places.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
@ -85,26 +85,26 @@ is the same as for @code{framep} above.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Terminal Parameters:: Parameters common for all frames on terminal.
|
||||
* Frame Titles:: Automatic updating of frame titles.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons.
|
||||
* Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows;
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
* Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons.
|
||||
* Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows;
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
* Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Displaying a box to ask yes or no.
|
||||
* Pointer Shape:: Specifying the shape of the mouse pointer.
|
||||
* Window System Selections:: Transferring text to and from other X clients.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Internals of Drag-and-Drop implementation.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Text Terminal Colors:: Defining colors for text-only terminals.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Display Feature Testing:: Determining the features of a terminal.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ variables. @xref{Frame-Local Variables}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Parameter Access:: How to change a frame's parameters.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Window Frame Parameters:: List of frame parameters for window systems.
|
||||
* Size and Position:: Changing the size and position of a frame.
|
||||
* Geometry:: Parsing geometry specifications.
|
||||
@ -677,6 +677,11 @@ The number of lines to use for the tool bar. A value of @code{nil}
|
||||
means don't display a tool bar. (GTK and Nextstep allow at most one
|
||||
tool bar line; they treat larger values as 1.)
|
||||
|
||||
@item tool-bar-position
|
||||
The position of the tool bar. Currently only for the GTK tool bar.
|
||||
Value can be one of @code{top}, @code{bottom} @code{left}, @code{right}.
|
||||
The default is @code{top}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item line-spacing
|
||||
Additional space to leave below each text line, in pixels (a positive
|
||||
integer). @xref{Line Height}, for more information.
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/functions
|
||||
@node Functions, Macros, Variables, Top
|
||||
@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ define them.
|
||||
* Function Cells:: Accessing or setting the function definition
|
||||
of a symbol.
|
||||
* Obsolete Functions:: Declaring functions obsolete.
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler will open code.
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler will open code.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Function Safety:: Determining whether a function is safe to call.
|
||||
* Related Topics:: Cross-references to specific Lisp primitives
|
||||
|
@ -518,8 +518,7 @@ If all args return nil, return nil.
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@group
|
||||
usage: (or CONDITIONS ...) */)
|
||||
(args)
|
||||
Lisp_Object args;
|
||||
(Lisp_Object args)
|
||||
@{
|
||||
register Lisp_Object val = Qnil;
|
||||
struct gcpro gcpro1;
|
||||
@ -618,15 +617,15 @@ All the usual rules for documentation strings in Lisp code
|
||||
too.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
After the call to the @code{DEFUN} macro, you must write the argument
|
||||
name list that every C function must have, followed by ordinary C
|
||||
declarations for the arguments. For a function with a fixed maximum
|
||||
number of arguments, declare a C argument for each Lisp argument, and
|
||||
give them all type @code{Lisp_Object}. When a Lisp function has no
|
||||
upper limit on the number of arguments, its implementation in C actually
|
||||
receives exactly two arguments: the first is the number of Lisp
|
||||
arguments, and the second is the address of a block containing their
|
||||
values. They have types @code{int} and @w{@code{Lisp_Object *}}.
|
||||
After the call to the @code{DEFUN} macro, you must write the
|
||||
argument list that every C function must have, including the types for
|
||||
the arguments. For a function with a fixed maximum number of
|
||||
arguments, declare a C argument for each Lisp argument, and give them
|
||||
all type @code{Lisp_Object}. When a Lisp function has no upper limit
|
||||
on the number of arguments, its implementation in C actually receives
|
||||
exactly two arguments: the first is the number of Lisp arguments, and
|
||||
the second is the address of a block containing their values. They
|
||||
have types @code{int} and @w{@code{Lisp_Object *}}.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex @code{GCPRO} and @code{UNGCPRO}
|
||||
@cindex protect C variables from garbage collection
|
||||
@ -761,22 +760,22 @@ If they are on the border between WINDOW and its right sibling,\n\
|
||||
@group
|
||||
switch (coordinates_in_window (XWINDOW (window), &x, &y))
|
||||
@{
|
||||
case 0: /* NOT in window at all. */
|
||||
case 0: /* NOT in window at all. */
|
||||
return Qnil;
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
|
||||
@group
|
||||
case 1: /* In text part of window. */
|
||||
case 1: /* In text part of window. */
|
||||
return Fcons (make_number (x), make_number (y));
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
|
||||
@group
|
||||
case 2: /* In mode line of window. */
|
||||
case 2: /* In mode line of window. */
|
||||
return Qmode_line;
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
|
||||
@group
|
||||
case 3: /* On right border of window. */
|
||||
case 3: /* On right border of window. */
|
||||
return Qvertical_line;
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/keymaps
|
||||
@node Keymaps, Modes, Command Loop, Top
|
||||
@ -16,19 +17,19 @@ used to look up the next input event; this continues until a command
|
||||
is found. The whole process is called @dfn{key lookup}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Key Sequences:: Key sequences as Lisp objects.
|
||||
* Key Sequences:: Key sequences as Lisp objects.
|
||||
* Keymap Basics:: Basic concepts of keymaps.
|
||||
* Format of Keymaps:: What a keymap looks like as a Lisp object.
|
||||
* Creating Keymaps:: Functions to create and copy keymaps.
|
||||
* Inheritance and Keymaps:: How one keymap can inherit the bindings
|
||||
of another keymap.
|
||||
* Format of Keymaps:: What a keymap looks like as a Lisp object.
|
||||
* Creating Keymaps:: Functions to create and copy keymaps.
|
||||
* Inheritance and Keymaps:: How one keymap can inherit the bindings
|
||||
of another keymap.
|
||||
* Prefix Keys:: Defining a key with a keymap as its definition.
|
||||
* Active Keymaps:: How Emacs searches the active keymaps
|
||||
for a key binding.
|
||||
* Searching Keymaps:: A pseudo-Lisp summary of searching active maps.
|
||||
* Controlling Active Maps:: Each buffer has a local keymap
|
||||
to override the standard (global) bindings.
|
||||
A minor mode can also override them.
|
||||
A minor mode can also override them.
|
||||
* Key Lookup:: Finding a key's binding in one keymap.
|
||||
* Functions for Key Lookup:: How to request key lookup.
|
||||
* Changing Key Bindings:: Redefining a key in a keymap.
|
||||
@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ is found. The whole process is called @dfn{key lookup}.
|
||||
* Translation Keymaps:: Keymaps for translating sequences of events.
|
||||
* Key Binding Commands:: Interactive interfaces for redefining keys.
|
||||
* Scanning Keymaps:: Looking through all keymaps, for printing help.
|
||||
* Menu Keymaps:: Defining a menu as a keymap.
|
||||
* Menu Keymaps:: Defining a menu as a keymap.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Key Sequences
|
||||
@ -1959,11 +1960,11 @@ is active for the next input event, that activates the keyboard menu
|
||||
feature.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Defining Menus:: How to make a keymap that defines a menu.
|
||||
* Mouse Menus:: How users actuate the menu with the mouse.
|
||||
* Keyboard Menus:: How users actuate the menu with the keyboard.
|
||||
* Menu Example:: Making a simple menu.
|
||||
* Menu Bar:: How to customize the menu bar.
|
||||
* Defining Menus:: How to make a keymap that defines a menu.
|
||||
* Mouse Menus:: How users actuate the menu with the mouse.
|
||||
* Keyboard Menus:: How users actuate the menu with the keyboard.
|
||||
* Menu Example:: Making a simple menu.
|
||||
* Menu Bar:: How to customize the menu bar.
|
||||
* Tool Bar:: A tool bar is a row of images.
|
||||
* Modifying Menus:: How to add new items to a menu.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
@ -2413,10 +2414,10 @@ Next we define the menu items:
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
(define-key menu-bar-replace-menu [tags-repl-continue]
|
||||
'(menu-item "Continue Replace" tags-loop-continue
|
||||
:help "Continue last tags replace operation"))
|
||||
:help "Continue last tags replace operation"))
|
||||
(define-key menu-bar-replace-menu [tags-repl]
|
||||
'(menu-item "Replace in tagged files" tags-query-replace
|
||||
:help "Interactively replace a regexp in all tagged files"))
|
||||
:help "Interactively replace a regexp in all tagged files"))
|
||||
(define-key menu-bar-replace-menu [separator-replace-tags]
|
||||
'(menu-item "--"))
|
||||
;; @r{@dots{}}
|
||||
@ -2656,8 +2657,8 @@ using an indirection through @code{tool-bar-map}.
|
||||
By default, the global map binds @code{[tool-bar]} as follows:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(global-set-key [tool-bar]
|
||||
'(menu-item "tool bar" ignore
|
||||
:filter (lambda (ignore) tool-bar-map)))
|
||||
'(menu-item "tool bar" ignore
|
||||
:filter (lambda (ignore) tool-bar-map)))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
Thus the tool bar map is derived dynamically from the value of variable
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/loading
|
||||
@node Loading, Byte Compilation, Customization, Top
|
||||
@ -43,9 +44,9 @@ containing Lisp code.
|
||||
* Repeated Loading:: Precautions about loading a file twice.
|
||||
* Named Features:: Loading a library if it isn't already loaded.
|
||||
* Where Defined:: Finding which file defined a certain symbol.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node How Programs Do Loading
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/minibuf
|
||||
@node Minibuffers, Command Loop, Read and Print, Top
|
||||
@ -22,13 +23,13 @@ argument.
|
||||
* Intro to Minibuffers:: Basic information about minibuffers.
|
||||
* Text from Minibuffer:: How to read a straight text string.
|
||||
* Object from Minibuffer:: How to read a Lisp object or expression.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Initial Input:: Specifying initial contents for the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: How to invoke and customize completion.
|
||||
* Yes-or-No Queries:: Asking a question with a simple answer.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Commands:: Commands used as key bindings in minibuffers.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Contents:: How such commands access the minibuffer text.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Windows:: Operating on the special minibuffer windows.
|
||||
@ -1221,10 +1222,11 @@ Buffer name (default foo): @point{}
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defopt read-buffer-function
|
||||
This variable specifies how to read buffer names. For example, if you
|
||||
set this variable to @code{iswitchb-read-buffer}, all Emacs commands
|
||||
that call @code{read-buffer} to read a buffer name will actually use the
|
||||
@code{iswitchb} package to read it.
|
||||
This variable specifies how to read buffer names. The function is
|
||||
called with the arguments passed to @code{read-buffer}. For example,
|
||||
if you set this variable to @code{iswitchb-read-buffer}, all Emacs
|
||||
commands that call @code{read-buffer} to read a buffer name will
|
||||
actually use the @code{iswitchb} package to read it.
|
||||
@end defopt
|
||||
|
||||
@defopt read-buffer-completion-ignore-case
|
||||
|
@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ or like this, using @code{add-to-list} (@pxref{List Variables}):
|
||||
Global minor modes distributed with Emacs should if possible support
|
||||
enabling and disabling via Custom (@pxref{Customization}). To do this,
|
||||
the first step is to define the mode variable with @code{defcustom}, and
|
||||
specify @code{:type boolean}.
|
||||
specify @code{:type 'boolean}.
|
||||
|
||||
If just setting the variable is not sufficient to enable the mode, you
|
||||
should also specify a @code{:set} method which enables the mode by
|
||||
@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ See the command \\[hungry-electric-delete]."
|
||||
;; The indicator for the mode line.
|
||||
" Hungry"
|
||||
;; The minor mode bindings.
|
||||
'(("\C-\^?" . hungry-electric-delete))
|
||||
'(([C-backspace] . hungry-electric-delete))
|
||||
:group 'hunger)
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1526,8 +1526,8 @@ See the command \\[hungry-electric-delete]."
|
||||
:lighter " Hungry"
|
||||
;; The minor mode bindings.
|
||||
:keymap
|
||||
'(("\C-\^?" . hungry-electric-delete)
|
||||
("\C-\M-\^?"
|
||||
'(([C-backspace] . hungry-electric-delete)
|
||||
([C-M-backspace]
|
||||
. (lambda ()
|
||||
(interactive)
|
||||
(hungry-electric-delete t))))
|
||||
|
@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ exact; they have a fixed, limited amount of precision.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Integer Basics:: Representation and range of integers.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Predicates on Numbers:: Testing for numbers.
|
||||
* Comparison of Numbers:: Equality and inequality predicates.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Arithmetic Operations:: How to add, subtract, multiply and divide.
|
||||
* Rounding Operations:: Explicitly rounding floating point numbers.
|
||||
* Bitwise Operations:: Logical and, or, not, shifting.
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/os
|
||||
@node System Interface, Antinews, Display, Top
|
||||
@ -20,14 +21,14 @@ terminal and the screen.
|
||||
* Getting Out:: How exiting works (permanent or temporary).
|
||||
* System Environment:: Distinguish the name and kind of system.
|
||||
* User Identification:: Finding the name and user id of the user.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time Conversion:: Converting a time from numeric form to
|
||||
calendrical data and vice versa.
|
||||
* Time Parsing:: Converting a time from numeric form to text
|
||||
and vice versa.
|
||||
* Processor Run Time:: Getting the run time used by Emacs.
|
||||
* Time Calculations:: Adding, subtracting, comparing times, etc.
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a certain time.
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a certain time.
|
||||
* Idle Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function when Emacs has
|
||||
been idle for a certain length of time.
|
||||
* Terminal Input:: Accessing and recording terminal input.
|
||||
@ -1815,8 +1816,8 @@ manipulating terminal input. See @ref{Display}, for related
|
||||
functions.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Input Modes
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/processes
|
||||
@node Processes, Display, Abbrevs, Top
|
||||
@ -51,13 +52,13 @@ Processes}.
|
||||
* Sentinels:: Sentinels run when process run-status changes.
|
||||
* Query Before Exit:: Whether to query if exiting will kill a process.
|
||||
* System Processes:: Accessing other processes running on your system.
|
||||
* Transaction Queues:: Transaction-based communication with subprocesses.
|
||||
* Transaction Queues:: Transaction-based communication with subprocesses.
|
||||
* Network:: Opening network connections.
|
||||
* Network Servers:: Network servers let Emacs accept net connections.
|
||||
* Datagrams:: UDP network connections.
|
||||
* Low-Level Network:: Lower-level but more general function
|
||||
to create connections and servers.
|
||||
* Misc Network:: Additional relevant functions for network connections.
|
||||
* Misc Network:: Additional relevant functions for net connections.
|
||||
* Serial Ports:: Communicating with serial ports.
|
||||
* Byte Packing:: Using bindat to pack and unpack binary data.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
@ -867,7 +868,9 @@ terminated, the value is 0.
|
||||
This function returns the terminal name that @var{process} is using for
|
||||
its communication with Emacs---or @code{nil} if it is using pipes
|
||||
instead of a terminal (see @code{process-connection-type} in
|
||||
@ref{Asynchronous Processes}).
|
||||
@ref{Asynchronous Processes}). If @var{process} represents a program
|
||||
running on a remote host, the terminal name used by that program on
|
||||
the remote host is provided as process property @code{remote-tty}.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defun process-coding-system process
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/searching
|
||||
@node Searching and Matching, Syntax Tables, Non-ASCII Characters, Top
|
||||
@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ portions of it.
|
||||
* POSIX Regexps:: Searching POSIX-style for the longest match.
|
||||
* Match Data:: Finding out which part of the text matched,
|
||||
after a string or regexp search.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Standard Regexps:: Useful regexps for finding sentences, pages,...
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -609,8 +610,8 @@ maximum.
|
||||
For example, @samp{c[ad]\@{1,2\@}r} matches the strings @samp{car},
|
||||
@samp{cdr}, @samp{caar}, @samp{cadr}, @samp{cdar}, and @samp{cddr}, and
|
||||
nothing else.@*
|
||||
@samp{\@{0,1\@}} or @samp{\@{,1\@}} is equivalent to @samp{?}. @*
|
||||
@samp{\@{0,\@}} or @samp{\@{,\@}} is equivalent to @samp{*}. @*
|
||||
@samp{\@{0,1\@}} or @samp{\@{,1\@}} is equivalent to @samp{?}.@*
|
||||
@samp{\@{0,\@}} or @samp{\@{,\@}} is equivalent to @samp{*}.@*
|
||||
@samp{\@{1,\@}} is equivalent to @samp{+}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item \( @dots{} \)
|
||||
@ -1213,9 +1214,9 @@ can't avoid another intervening search, you must save and restore the
|
||||
match data around it, to prevent it from being overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Simple Match Data:: Accessing single items of match data,
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
* Entire Match Data:: Accessing the entire match data at once, as a list.
|
||||
* Saving Match Data:: Saving and restoring the match data.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/sequences
|
||||
@node Sequences Arrays Vectors, Hash Tables, Lists, Top
|
||||
@ -669,13 +670,13 @@ For example, here is how to examine the elements of the syntax table:
|
||||
(let (accumulator)
|
||||
(map-char-table
|
||||
#'(lambda (key value)
|
||||
(setq accumulator
|
||||
(cons (list
|
||||
(if (consp key)
|
||||
(list (car key) (cdr key))
|
||||
key)
|
||||
value)
|
||||
accumulator)))
|
||||
(setq accumulator
|
||||
(cons (list
|
||||
(if (consp key)
|
||||
(list (car key) (cdr key))
|
||||
key)
|
||||
value)
|
||||
accumulator)))
|
||||
(syntax-table))
|
||||
accumulator)
|
||||
@result{}
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/strings
|
||||
@node Strings and Characters, Lists, Numbers, Top
|
||||
@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ keyboard character events.
|
||||
* String Conversion:: Converting to and from characters and strings.
|
||||
* Formatting Strings:: @code{format}: Emacs's analogue of @code{printf}.
|
||||
* Case Conversion:: Case conversion functions.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node String Basics
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/syntax
|
||||
@node Syntax Tables, Abbrevs, Searching and Matching, Top
|
||||
@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ functions in this chapter.
|
||||
* Desc: Syntax Descriptors. How characters are classified.
|
||||
* Syntax Table Functions:: How to create, examine and alter syntax tables.
|
||||
* Syntax Properties:: Overriding syntax with text properties.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Parsing Expressions:: Parsing balanced expressions
|
||||
using the syntax table.
|
||||
* Standard Syntax Tables:: Syntax tables used by various major modes.
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/text
|
||||
@node Text, Non-ASCII Characters, Markers, Top
|
||||
@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ the character after point.
|
||||
* The Kill Ring:: Where removed text sometimes is saved for later use.
|
||||
* Undo:: Undoing changes to the text of a buffer.
|
||||
* Maintaining Undo:: How to enable and disable undo information.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
* Filling:: Functions for explicit filling.
|
||||
* Margins:: How to specify margins for filling commands.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix from context.
|
||||
@ -821,7 +822,7 @@ would be difficult to change the terminology now.
|
||||
* Kill Functions:: Functions that kill text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: How yanking is done.
|
||||
* Yank Commands:: Commands that access the kill ring.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Internals of Kill Ring:: Variables that hold kill ring data.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1298,13 +1299,16 @@ This function places a boundary element in the undo list. The undo
|
||||
command stops at such a boundary, and successive undo commands undo
|
||||
to earlier and earlier boundaries. This function returns @code{nil}.
|
||||
|
||||
The editor command loop automatically creates an undo boundary before
|
||||
each key sequence is executed. Thus, each undo normally undoes the
|
||||
effects of one command. Self-inserting input characters are an
|
||||
exception. The command loop makes a boundary for the first such
|
||||
character; the next 19 consecutive self-inserting input characters do
|
||||
not make boundaries, and then the 20th does, and so on as long as
|
||||
self-inserting characters continue.
|
||||
The editor command loop automatically calls @code{undo-boundary} just
|
||||
before executing each key sequence, so that each undo normally undoes
|
||||
the effects of one command. As an exception, the command
|
||||
@code{self-insert-command}, which produces self-inserting input
|
||||
characters (@pxref{Commands for Insertion}), may remove the boundary
|
||||
inserted by the command loop: a boundary is accepted for the first
|
||||
such character, the next 19 consecutive self-inserting input
|
||||
characters do not have boundaries, and then the 20th does; and so on
|
||||
as long as the self-inserting characters continue. Hence, sequences
|
||||
of consecutive character insertions can be undone as a group.
|
||||
|
||||
All buffer modifications add a boundary whenever the previous undoable
|
||||
change was made in some other buffer. This is to ensure that
|
||||
@ -2593,9 +2597,9 @@ along with the characters; this includes such diverse functions as
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Examining Properties:: Looking at the properties of one character.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Format Properties:: Properties for representing formatting of text.
|
||||
* Sticky Properties:: How inserted text gets properties from
|
||||
neighboring text.
|
||||
@ -2605,8 +2609,8 @@ along with the characters; this includes such diverse functions as
|
||||
do something when you click on them.
|
||||
* Fields:: The @code{field} property defines
|
||||
fields within the buffer.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Examining Properties
|
||||
@ -3031,7 +3035,7 @@ The @code{font-lock-face} property is equivalent to the @code{face}
|
||||
property when Font Lock mode is enabled. When Font Lock mode is disabled,
|
||||
@code{font-lock-face} has no effect.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{font-lock-mode} property is useful for special modes that
|
||||
The @code{font-lock-face} property is useful for special modes that
|
||||
implement their own highlighting. @xref{Precalculated Fontification}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item mouse-face
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
@setfilename ../../info/tips
|
||||
@node Tips, GNU Emacs Internals, GPL, Top
|
||||
@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ all.
|
||||
* Compilation Tips:: Making compiled code run fast.
|
||||
* Warning Tips:: Turning off compiler warnings.
|
||||
* Documentation Tips:: Writing readable documentation strings.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Library Headers:: Standard headers for library packages.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Reference Manual, corresponding to GNU Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
|
||||
files are made.
|
||||
* Buffers:: Creating and using buffer objects.
|
||||
* Windows:: Manipulating windows and displaying buffers.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Positions:: Buffer positions and motion functions.
|
||||
* Markers:: Markers represent positions and update
|
||||
automatically when the text is changed.
|
||||
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Reference Manual, corresponding to GNU Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
|
||||
* Abbrevs:: How Abbrev mode works, and its data structures.
|
||||
|
||||
* Processes:: Running and communicating with subprocesses.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* System Interface:: Getting the user id, system type, environment
|
||||
variables, and other such things.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -311,10 +311,10 @@ Editing Types
|
||||
Numbers
|
||||
|
||||
* Integer Basics:: Representation and range of integers.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Predicates on Numbers:: Testing for numbers.
|
||||
* Comparison of Numbers:: Equality and inequality predicates.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Arithmetic Operations:: How to add, subtract, multiply and divide.
|
||||
* Rounding Operations:: Explicitly rounding floating point numbers.
|
||||
* Bitwise Operations:: Logical and, or, not, shifting.
|
||||
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Strings and Characters
|
||||
* String Conversion:: Converting to and from characters and strings.
|
||||
* Formatting Strings:: @code{format}: Emacs's analogue of @code{printf}.
|
||||
* Case Conversion:: Case conversion functions.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
Lists
|
||||
|
||||
@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Kinds of Forms
|
||||
* Symbol Forms:: Symbols evaluate as variables.
|
||||
* Classifying Lists:: How to distinguish various sorts of list forms.
|
||||
* Function Indirection:: When a symbol appears as the car of a list,
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
* Function Forms:: Forms that call functions.
|
||||
* Macro Forms:: Forms that call macros.
|
||||
* Special Forms:: "Special forms" are idiosyncratic primitives,
|
||||
@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ Functions
|
||||
* Function Cells:: Accessing or setting the function definition
|
||||
of a symbol.
|
||||
* Obsolete Functions:: Declaring functions obsolete.
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
will open code.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Function Safety:: Determining whether a function is safe to call.
|
||||
* Related Topics:: Cross-references to specific Lisp primitives
|
||||
that have a special bearing on how
|
||||
@ -542,9 +542,9 @@ Loading
|
||||
* Repeated Loading:: Precautions about loading a file twice.
|
||||
* Named Features:: Loading a library if it isn't already loaded.
|
||||
* Where Defined:: Finding which file defined a certain symbol.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
Byte Compilation
|
||||
|
||||
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Byte Compilation
|
||||
* Dynamic Loading:: Dynamic loading of individual functions.
|
||||
* Eval During Compile:: Code to be evaluated when you compile.
|
||||
* Compiler Errors:: Handling compiler error messages.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Disassembly:: Disassembling byte-code; how to read byte-code.
|
||||
|
||||
Advising Emacs Lisp Functions
|
||||
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Debugging Lisp Programs
|
||||
The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
* Error Debugging:: Entering the debugger when an error happens.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Function Debugging:: Entering it when a certain function is called.
|
||||
* Explicit Debug:: Entering it at a certain point in the program.
|
||||
* Using Debugger:: What the debugger does; what you see while in it.
|
||||
@ -593,24 +593,24 @@ The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
Edebug
|
||||
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Execution Modes:: Execution modes, stopping more or less often.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Edebug and Macros:: Specifying how to handle macro calls.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
|
||||
Breaks
|
||||
|
||||
@ -627,8 +627,8 @@ The Outside Context
|
||||
Edebug and Macros
|
||||
|
||||
* Instrumenting Macro Calls::The basic problem.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification Examples:: To help understand specifications.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugging Invalid Lisp Syntax
|
||||
@ -653,13 +653,13 @@ Minibuffers
|
||||
* Intro to Minibuffers:: Basic information about minibuffers.
|
||||
* Text from Minibuffer:: How to read a straight text string.
|
||||
* Object from Minibuffer:: How to read a Lisp object or expression.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Initial Input:: Specifying initial contents for the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: How to invoke and customize completion.
|
||||
* Yes-or-No Queries:: Asking a question with a simple answer.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Commands:: Commands used as key bindings in minibuffers.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Contents:: How such commands access the minibuffer text.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Windows:: Operating on the special minibuffer windows.
|
||||
@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Command Loop
|
||||
* Distinguish Interactive:: Making a command distinguish interactive calls.
|
||||
* Command Loop Info:: Variables set by the command loop for you to examine.
|
||||
* Adjusting Point:: Adjustment of point after a command.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Reading Input:: How to read input events from the keyboard or mouse.
|
||||
* Special Events:: Events processed immediately and individually.
|
||||
* Waiting:: Waiting for user input or elapsed time.
|
||||
@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ Input Events
|
||||
* Event Examples:: Examples of the lists for mouse events.
|
||||
* Classifying Events:: Finding the modifier keys in an event symbol.
|
||||
Event types.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Scroll:: Functions to get info from scroll bar events.
|
||||
* Strings of Events:: Special considerations for putting
|
||||
keyboard character events in a string.
|
||||
@ -871,9 +871,9 @@ Files
|
||||
* Changing Files:: Renaming files, changing protection, etc.
|
||||
* File Names:: Decomposing and expanding file names.
|
||||
* Contents of Directories:: Getting a list of the files in a directory.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Format Conversion:: Conversion to and from various file formats.
|
||||
|
||||
Visiting Files
|
||||
@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ Information about Files
|
||||
|
||||
* Testing Accessibility:: Is a given file readable? Writable?
|
||||
* Kinds of Files:: Is it a directory? A symbolic link?
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* File Attributes:: How large is it? Any other names? Etc.
|
||||
* Locating Files:: How to find a file in standard places.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -955,8 +955,8 @@ Windows
|
||||
* Buffers and Windows:: Each window displays the contents of a buffer.
|
||||
* Displaying Buffers:: Higher-level functions for displaying a buffer
|
||||
and choosing a window for it.
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
a specific window.
|
||||
* Window Point:: Each window has its own location of point.
|
||||
* Window Start and End:: Buffer positions indicating which text is
|
||||
@ -976,37 +976,37 @@ Windows
|
||||
|
||||
Frames
|
||||
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Multiple Terminals:: Displaying on several different devices.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Terminal Parameters:: Parameters common for all frames on terminal.
|
||||
* Frame Titles:: Automatic updating of frame titles.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons.
|
||||
* Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows;
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
* Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Displaying a box to ask yes or no.
|
||||
* Pointer Shape:: Specifying the shape of the mouse pointer.
|
||||
* Window System Selections::Transferring text to and from other X clients.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Internals of Drag-and-Drop implementation.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Text Terminal Colors:: Defining colors for text-only terminals.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Display Feature Testing:: Determining the features of a terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
Frame Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
* Parameter Access:: How to change a frame's parameters.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Window Frame Parameters:: List of frame parameters for window systems.
|
||||
* Size and Position:: Changing the size and position of a frame.
|
||||
* Geometry:: Parsing geometry specifications.
|
||||
@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ Text
|
||||
later use.
|
||||
* Undo:: Undoing changes to the text of a buffer.
|
||||
* Maintaining Undo:: How to enable and disable undo information.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
* Filling:: Functions for explicit filling.
|
||||
* Margins:: How to specify margins for filling commands.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix
|
||||
@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ The Kill Ring
|
||||
* Kill Functions:: Functions that kill text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: How yanking is done.
|
||||
* Yank Commands:: Commands that access the kill ring.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Internals of Kill Ring:: Variables that hold kill ring data.
|
||||
|
||||
Indentation
|
||||
@ -1106,9 +1106,9 @@ Indentation
|
||||
Text Properties
|
||||
|
||||
* Examining Properties:: Looking at the properties of one character.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Format Properties:: Properties for representing formatting of text.
|
||||
* Sticky Properties:: How inserted text gets properties from
|
||||
neighboring text.
|
||||
@ -1118,8 +1118,8 @@ Text Properties
|
||||
do something when you click on them.
|
||||
* Fields:: The @code{field} property defines
|
||||
fields within the buffer.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ Searching and Matching
|
||||
* POSIX Regexps:: Searching POSIX-style for the longest match.
|
||||
* Match Data:: Finding out which part of the text matched,
|
||||
after a string or regexp search.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Standard Regexps:: Useful regexps for finding sentences, pages,...
|
||||
|
||||
Regular Expressions
|
||||
@ -1179,9 +1179,9 @@ Syntax of Regular Expressions
|
||||
|
||||
The Match Data
|
||||
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Simple Match Data:: Accessing single items of match data,
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
* Entire Match Data:: Accessing the entire match data at once, as a list.
|
||||
* Saving Match Data:: Saving and restoring the match data.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ Syntax Tables
|
||||
* Syntax Descriptors:: How characters are classified.
|
||||
* Syntax Table Functions:: How to create, examine and alter syntax tables.
|
||||
* Syntax Properties:: Overriding syntax with text properties.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Parsing Expressions:: Parsing balanced expressions
|
||||
using the syntax table.
|
||||
* Standard Syntax Tables:: Syntax tables used by various major modes.
|
||||
@ -1280,10 +1280,10 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text.
|
||||
* Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way).
|
||||
* Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen.
|
||||
* Line Height:: Controlling the height of lines.
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
for text characters: font, colors, etc.
|
||||
* Fringes:: Controlling window fringes.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: Controlling vertical scroll bars.
|
||||
@ -1292,9 +1292,9 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Buttons:: Adding clickable buttons to Emacs buffers.
|
||||
* Abstract Display:: Emacs' Widget for Object Collections.
|
||||
* Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis.
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
nonprinting chars.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Beeping:: Audible signal to the user.
|
||||
* Window Systems:: Which window system is being used.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ Overlays
|
||||
|
||||
* Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays.
|
||||
* Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
* Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays.
|
||||
|
||||
Faces
|
||||
@ -1396,14 +1396,14 @@ Operating System Interface
|
||||
* Getting Out:: How exiting works (permanent or temporary).
|
||||
* System Environment:: Distinguish the name and kind of system.
|
||||
* User Identification:: Finding the name and user id of the user.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time Conversion:: Converting a time from numeric form to
|
||||
calendrical data and vice versa.
|
||||
* Time Parsing:: Converting a time from numeric form to text
|
||||
and vice versa.
|
||||
* Processor Run Time:: Getting the run time used by Emacs.
|
||||
* Time Calculations:: Adding, subtracting, comparing times, etc.
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
certain time.
|
||||
* Idle Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function when Emacs has
|
||||
been idle for a certain length of time.
|
||||
@ -1430,8 +1430,8 @@ Getting Out of Emacs
|
||||
|
||||
Terminal Input
|
||||
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
|
||||
Tips and Conventions
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ Tips and Conventions
|
||||
* Compilation Tips:: Making compiled code run fast.
|
||||
* Warning Tips:: Turning off compiler warnings.
|
||||
* Documentation Tips:: Writing readable documentation strings.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Library Headers:: Standard headers for library packages.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU Emacs Internals
|
||||
|
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Reference Manual, corresponding to GNU Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
|
||||
files are made.
|
||||
* Buffers:: Creating and using buffer objects.
|
||||
* Windows:: Manipulating windows and displaying buffers.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Frames:: Making multiple system-level windows.
|
||||
* Positions:: Buffer positions and motion functions.
|
||||
* Markers:: Markers represent positions and update
|
||||
automatically when the text is changed.
|
||||
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Reference Manual, corresponding to GNU Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
|
||||
* Abbrevs:: How Abbrev mode works, and its data structures.
|
||||
|
||||
* Processes:: Running and communicating with subprocesses.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* Display:: Features for controlling the screen display.
|
||||
* System Interface:: Getting the user id, system type, environment
|
||||
variables, and other such things.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -310,10 +310,10 @@ Editing Types
|
||||
Numbers
|
||||
|
||||
* Integer Basics:: Representation and range of integers.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Float Basics:: Representation and range of floating point.
|
||||
* Predicates on Numbers:: Testing for numbers.
|
||||
* Comparison of Numbers:: Equality and inequality predicates.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Numeric Conversions:: Converting float to integer and vice versa.
|
||||
* Arithmetic Operations:: How to add, subtract, multiply and divide.
|
||||
* Rounding Operations:: Explicitly rounding floating point numbers.
|
||||
* Bitwise Operations:: Logical and, or, not, shifting.
|
||||
@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Strings and Characters
|
||||
* String Conversion:: Converting to and from characters and strings.
|
||||
* Formatting Strings:: @code{format}: Emacs's analogue of @code{printf}.
|
||||
* Case Conversion:: Case conversion functions.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
* Case Tables:: Customizing case conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
Lists
|
||||
|
||||
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Kinds of Forms
|
||||
* Symbol Forms:: Symbols evaluate as variables.
|
||||
* Classifying Lists:: How to distinguish various sorts of list forms.
|
||||
* Function Indirection:: When a symbol appears as the car of a list,
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
we find the real function via the symbol.
|
||||
* Function Forms:: Forms that call functions.
|
||||
* Macro Forms:: Forms that call macros.
|
||||
* Special Forms:: "Special forms" are idiosyncratic primitives,
|
||||
@ -479,9 +479,9 @@ Functions
|
||||
* Function Cells:: Accessing or setting the function definition
|
||||
of a symbol.
|
||||
* Obsolete Functions:: Declaring functions obsolete.
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
* Inline Functions:: Defining functions that the compiler
|
||||
will open code.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Declaring Functions:: Telling the compiler that a function is defined.
|
||||
* Function Safety:: Determining whether a function is safe to call.
|
||||
* Related Topics:: Cross-references to specific Lisp primitives
|
||||
that have a special bearing on how
|
||||
@ -541,9 +541,9 @@ Loading
|
||||
* Repeated Loading:: Precautions about loading a file twice.
|
||||
* Named Features:: Loading a library if it isn't already loaded.
|
||||
* Where Defined:: Finding which file defined a certain symbol.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
* Unloading:: How to "unload" a library that was loaded.
|
||||
* Hooks for Loading:: Providing code to be run when
|
||||
particular libraries are loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
Byte Compilation
|
||||
|
||||
@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Byte Compilation
|
||||
* Dynamic Loading:: Dynamic loading of individual functions.
|
||||
* Eval During Compile:: Code to be evaluated when you compile.
|
||||
* Compiler Errors:: Handling compiler error messages.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Byte-Code Objects:: The data type used for byte-compiled functions.
|
||||
* Disassembly:: Disassembling byte-code; how to read byte-code.
|
||||
|
||||
Advising Emacs Lisp Functions
|
||||
@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Debugging Lisp Programs
|
||||
The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
* Error Debugging:: Entering the debugger when an error happens.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Infinite Loops:: Stopping and debugging a program that doesn't exit.
|
||||
* Function Debugging:: Entering it when a certain function is called.
|
||||
* Explicit Debug:: Entering it at a certain point in the program.
|
||||
* Using Debugger:: What the debugger does; what you see while in it.
|
||||
@ -592,24 +592,24 @@ The Lisp Debugger
|
||||
|
||||
Edebug
|
||||
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Using Edebug:: Introduction to use of Edebug.
|
||||
* Instrumenting:: You must instrument your code
|
||||
in order to debug it with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Execution Modes:: Execution modes, stopping more or less often.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Jumping:: Commands to jump to a specified place.
|
||||
* Edebug Misc:: Miscellaneous commands.
|
||||
* Breaks:: Setting breakpoints to make the program stop.
|
||||
* Trapping Errors:: Trapping errors with Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Views:: Views inside and outside of Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Eval:: Evaluating expressions within Edebug.
|
||||
* Eval List:: Expressions whose values are displayed
|
||||
each time you enter Edebug.
|
||||
* Printing in Edebug:: Customization of printing.
|
||||
* Trace Buffer:: How to produce trace output in a buffer.
|
||||
* Coverage Testing:: How to test evaluation coverage.
|
||||
* The Outside Context:: Data that Edebug saves and restores.
|
||||
* Edebug and Macros:: Specifying how to handle macro calls.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
* Edebug Options:: Option variables for customizing Edebug.
|
||||
|
||||
Breaks
|
||||
|
||||
@ -626,8 +626,8 @@ The Outside Context
|
||||
Edebug and Macros
|
||||
|
||||
* Instrumenting Macro Calls::The basic problem.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification List:: How to specify complex patterns of evaluation.
|
||||
* Backtracking:: What Edebug does when matching fails.
|
||||
* Specification Examples:: To help understand specifications.
|
||||
|
||||
Debugging Invalid Lisp Syntax
|
||||
@ -652,13 +652,13 @@ Minibuffers
|
||||
* Intro to Minibuffers:: Basic information about minibuffers.
|
||||
* Text from Minibuffer:: How to read a straight text string.
|
||||
* Object from Minibuffer:: How to read a Lisp object or expression.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Minibuffer History:: Recording previous minibuffer inputs
|
||||
so the user can reuse them.
|
||||
* Initial Input:: Specifying initial contents for the minibuffer.
|
||||
* Completion:: How to invoke and customize completion.
|
||||
* Yes-or-No Queries:: Asking a question with a simple answer.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Multiple Queries:: Asking a series of similar questions.
|
||||
* Reading a Password:: Reading a password from the terminal.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Commands:: Commands used as key bindings in minibuffers.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Contents:: How such commands access the minibuffer text.
|
||||
* Minibuffer Windows:: Operating on the special minibuffer windows.
|
||||
@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ Command Loop
|
||||
* Distinguish Interactive:: Making a command distinguish interactive calls.
|
||||
* Command Loop Info:: Variables set by the command loop for you to examine.
|
||||
* Adjusting Point:: Adjustment of point after a command.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Input Events:: What input looks like when you read it.
|
||||
* Reading Input:: How to read input events from the keyboard or mouse.
|
||||
* Special Events:: Events processed immediately and individually.
|
||||
* Waiting:: Waiting for user input or elapsed time.
|
||||
@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Input Events
|
||||
* Event Examples:: Examples of the lists for mouse events.
|
||||
* Classifying Events:: Finding the modifier keys in an event symbol.
|
||||
Event types.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Mouse:: Functions to extract info from mouse events.
|
||||
* Accessing Scroll:: Functions to get info from scroll bar events.
|
||||
* Strings of Events:: Special considerations for putting
|
||||
keyboard character events in a string.
|
||||
@ -870,9 +870,9 @@ Files
|
||||
* Changing Files:: Renaming files, changing protection, etc.
|
||||
* File Names:: Decomposing and expanding file names.
|
||||
* Contents of Directories:: Getting a list of the files in a directory.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Create/Delete Dirs:: Creating and Deleting Directories.
|
||||
* Magic File Names:: Defining "magic" special handling
|
||||
for certain file names.
|
||||
* Format Conversion:: Conversion to and from various file formats.
|
||||
|
||||
Visiting Files
|
||||
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ Information about Files
|
||||
|
||||
* Testing Accessibility:: Is a given file readable? Writable?
|
||||
* Kinds of Files:: Is it a directory? A symbolic link?
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* Truenames:: Eliminating symbolic links from a file name.
|
||||
* File Attributes:: How large is it? Any other names? Etc.
|
||||
* Locating Files:: How to find a file in standard places.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -954,8 +954,8 @@ Windows
|
||||
* Buffers and Windows:: Each window displays the contents of a buffer.
|
||||
* Displaying Buffers:: Higher-level functions for displaying a buffer
|
||||
and choosing a window for it.
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
a specific window.
|
||||
* Window Point:: Each window has its own location of point.
|
||||
* Window Start and End:: Buffer positions indicating which text is
|
||||
@ -975,37 +975,37 @@ Windows
|
||||
|
||||
Frames
|
||||
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Creating Frames:: Creating additional frames.
|
||||
* Multiple Terminals:: Displaying on several different devices.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Frame Parameters:: Controlling frame size, position, font, etc.
|
||||
* Terminal Parameters:: Parameters common for all frames on terminal.
|
||||
* Frame Titles:: Automatic updating of frame titles.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Deleting Frames:: Frames last until explicitly deleted.
|
||||
* Finding All Frames:: How to examine all existing frames.
|
||||
* Frames and Windows:: A frame contains windows;
|
||||
display of text always works through windows.
|
||||
* Minibuffers and Frames:: How a frame finds the minibuffer to use.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Input Focus:: Specifying the selected frame.
|
||||
* Visibility of Frames:: Frames may be visible or invisible, or icons.
|
||||
* Raising and Lowering:: Raising a frame makes it hide other windows;
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
lowering it makes the others hide it.
|
||||
* Frame Configurations:: Saving the state of all frames.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Mouse Tracking:: Getting events that say when the mouse moves.
|
||||
* Mouse Position:: Asking where the mouse is, or moving it.
|
||||
* Pop-Up Menus:: Displaying a menu for the user to select from.
|
||||
* Dialog Boxes:: Displaying a box to ask yes or no.
|
||||
* Pointer Shape:: Specifying the shape of the mouse pointer.
|
||||
* Window System Selections::Transferring text to and from other X clients.
|
||||
* Drag and Drop:: Internals of Drag-and-Drop implementation.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Color Names:: Getting the definitions of color names.
|
||||
* Text Terminal Colors:: Defining colors for text-only terminals.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Resources:: Getting resource values from the server.
|
||||
* Display Feature Testing:: Determining the features of a terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
Frame Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
* Parameter Access:: How to change a frame's parameters.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Initial Parameters:: Specifying frame parameters when you make a frame.
|
||||
* Window Frame Parameters:: List of frame parameters for window systems.
|
||||
* Size and Position:: Changing the size and position of a frame.
|
||||
* Geometry:: Parsing geometry specifications.
|
||||
@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ Text
|
||||
later use.
|
||||
* Undo:: Undoing changes to the text of a buffer.
|
||||
* Maintaining Undo:: How to enable and disable undo information.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
How to control how much information is kept.
|
||||
* Filling:: Functions for explicit filling.
|
||||
* Margins:: How to specify margins for filling commands.
|
||||
* Adaptive Fill:: Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix
|
||||
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ The Kill Ring
|
||||
* Kill Functions:: Functions that kill text.
|
||||
* Yanking:: How yanking is done.
|
||||
* Yank Commands:: Commands that access the kill ring.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access.
|
||||
* Internals of Kill Ring:: Variables that hold kill ring data.
|
||||
|
||||
Indentation
|
||||
@ -1105,9 +1105,9 @@ Indentation
|
||||
Text Properties
|
||||
|
||||
* Examining Properties:: Looking at the properties of one character.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text.
|
||||
* Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value.
|
||||
* Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings.
|
||||
* Format Properties:: Properties for representing formatting of text.
|
||||
* Sticky Properties:: How inserted text gets properties from
|
||||
neighboring text.
|
||||
@ -1117,8 +1117,8 @@ Text Properties
|
||||
do something when you click on them.
|
||||
* Fields:: The @code{field} property defines
|
||||
fields within the buffer.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
* Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use
|
||||
Lisp-visible text intervals.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ Searching and Matching
|
||||
* POSIX Regexps:: Searching POSIX-style for the longest match.
|
||||
* Match Data:: Finding out which part of the text matched,
|
||||
after a string or regexp search.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Search and Replace:: Commands that loop, searching and replacing.
|
||||
* Standard Regexps:: Useful regexps for finding sentences, pages,...
|
||||
|
||||
Regular Expressions
|
||||
@ -1178,9 +1178,9 @@ Syntax of Regular Expressions
|
||||
|
||||
The Match Data
|
||||
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Replacing Match:: Replacing a substring that was matched.
|
||||
* Simple Match Data:: Accessing single items of match data,
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
such as where a particular subexpression started.
|
||||
* Entire Match Data:: Accessing the entire match data at once, as a list.
|
||||
* Saving Match Data:: Saving and restoring the match data.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ Syntax Tables
|
||||
* Syntax Descriptors:: How characters are classified.
|
||||
* Syntax Table Functions:: How to create, examine and alter syntax tables.
|
||||
* Syntax Properties:: Overriding syntax with text properties.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Motion and Syntax:: Moving over characters with certain syntaxes.
|
||||
* Parsing Expressions:: Parsing balanced expressions
|
||||
using the syntax table.
|
||||
* Standard Syntax Tables:: Syntax tables used by various major modes.
|
||||
@ -1279,10 +1279,10 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text.
|
||||
* Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way).
|
||||
* Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
|
||||
* Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen.
|
||||
* Line Height:: Controlling the height of lines.
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
* Faces:: A face defines a graphics style
|
||||
for text characters: font, colors, etc.
|
||||
* Fringes:: Controlling window fringes.
|
||||
* Scroll Bars:: Controlling vertical scroll bars.
|
||||
@ -1291,9 +1291,9 @@ Emacs Display
|
||||
* Buttons:: Adding clickable buttons to Emacs buffers.
|
||||
* Abstract Display:: Emacs' Widget for Object Collections.
|
||||
* Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis.
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
* Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying
|
||||
nonprinting chars.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions.
|
||||
* Beeping:: Audible signal to the user.
|
||||
* Window Systems:: Which window system is being used.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ Overlays
|
||||
|
||||
* Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays.
|
||||
* Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
What properties do to the screen display.
|
||||
* Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays.
|
||||
|
||||
Faces
|
||||
@ -1395,14 +1395,14 @@ Operating System Interface
|
||||
* Getting Out:: How exiting works (permanent or temporary).
|
||||
* System Environment:: Distinguish the name and kind of system.
|
||||
* User Identification:: Finding the name and user id of the user.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time of Day:: Getting the current time.
|
||||
* Time Conversion:: Converting a time from numeric form to
|
||||
calendrical data and vice versa.
|
||||
* Time Parsing:: Converting a time from numeric form to text
|
||||
and vice versa.
|
||||
* Processor Run Time:: Getting the run time used by Emacs.
|
||||
* Time Calculations:: Adding, subtracting, comparing times, etc.
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
* Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function at a
|
||||
certain time.
|
||||
* Idle Timers:: Setting a timer to call a function when Emacs has
|
||||
been idle for a certain length of time.
|
||||
@ -1429,8 +1429,8 @@ Getting Out of Emacs
|
||||
|
||||
Terminal Input
|
||||
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
* Input Modes:: Options for how input is processed.
|
||||
* Recording Input:: Saving histories of recent or all input events.
|
||||
|
||||
Tips and Conventions
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ Tips and Conventions
|
||||
* Compilation Tips:: Making compiled code run fast.
|
||||
* Warning Tips:: Turning off compiler warnings.
|
||||
* Documentation Tips:: Writing readable documentation strings.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Comment Tips:: Conventions for writing comments.
|
||||
* Library Headers:: Standard headers for library packages.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU Emacs Internals
|
||||
|
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ windows.
|
||||
* Buffers and Windows:: Each window displays the contents of a buffer.
|
||||
* Displaying Buffers:: Higher-level functions for displaying a buffer
|
||||
and choosing a window for it.
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
* Choosing Window:: How to choose a window for displaying a buffer.
|
||||
* Dedicated Windows:: How to avoid displaying another buffer in
|
||||
a specific window.
|
||||
* Window Point:: Each window has its own location of point.
|
||||
* Window Start and End:: Buffer positions indicating which text is
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,120 @@
|
||||
2010-08-12 Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
|
||||
|
||||
* cl.texi (Mapping over Sequences): Rename mapc => cl-mapc.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-09 Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* calc.texi (Customizing Calc): Rearrange description of new
|
||||
variables to match the presentation of other variables.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-08 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* org.texi (Footnotes, Tables in HTML export): Fix typos.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-08 Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* calc.texi (Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas)
|
||||
(Customizing Calc): Mention how to use faces to emphasize selected
|
||||
sub-formulas.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-05 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* tramp.texi (External packages): File attributes cache flushing
|
||||
for asynchronous processes.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-01 Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
|
||||
|
||||
Enhance the manual for the latest Java Mode.
|
||||
|
||||
* cc-mode.texi (Syntactic Symbols): New symbols annotation-top-cont and
|
||||
annotation-var-cont.
|
||||
(Java Symbols): Page renamed from Anonymous Class Symbol. Document the
|
||||
two new symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-28 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* tramp.texi (Traces and Profiles): Describe verbose level 9.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-27 Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* nxml-mode.texi (Limitations): Remove obsolete discussion (Bug#6708).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-19 Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* org.texi: Fix typo in previous change (2010-07-19T09:47:27Z!carsten.dominik@gmail.com).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-19 Carsten Dominik <carsten.dominik@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* org.texi: Add macros to get plain quotes in PDF output.
|
||||
List additional contributors.
|
||||
(Capture): New section, replaces the section about remember.
|
||||
(Working With Source Code): New chapter, focused on documenting Org
|
||||
Babel.
|
||||
(Code evaluation security): New section.
|
||||
(MobileOrg): Document DropBox support.
|
||||
(TaskJuggler export): Document taskjuggler and Gantt chart support.
|
||||
(Special symbols): Show how to display UTF8 characters for entities.
|
||||
(Global TODO list): Clarify the use of the "M" key and the differences
|
||||
to the "m" key.
|
||||
(RSS Feeds): Mention Atom feeds as well.
|
||||
(Setting tags): Remove paragraph about
|
||||
`org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags'.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-17 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove remark about doubled "-t"
|
||||
argument.
|
||||
(Frequently Asked Questions): Recommend "sshx" and "scpx" for
|
||||
echoing shells.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-10 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* tramp.texi (Inline methods): Remove "kludgy" phrase.
|
||||
(Filename Syntax): Describe port numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-09 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* dbus.texi (Top): Introduce Index. Emphasize "nil" whereever
|
||||
forgotten.
|
||||
(Type Conversion): Precise conversion of natural numbers.
|
||||
(Errors and Events): Add "debugging" to concept index. Add variable
|
||||
`dbus-debug'.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-04 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* dbus.texi (Receiving Method Calls): Add optional argument
|
||||
EMITS-SIGNAL to `dbus-register-property'.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-27 Alex Schroeder <alex@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* nxml-mode.texi (Commands for locating a schema): Fix typo.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-24 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* ada-mode.texi, auth.texi, autotype.texi, calc.texi, cc-mode.texi:
|
||||
* dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ede.texi, edt.texi, eieio.texi:
|
||||
* emacs-mime.texi, epa.texi, erc.texi, eshell.texi, eudc.texi:
|
||||
* flymake.texi, gnus.texi, info.texi, mairix-el.texi, message.texi:
|
||||
* newsticker.texi, org.texi, pgg.texi, rcirc.texi, reftex.texi:
|
||||
* remember.texi, sasl.texi, semantic.texi, ses.texi, smtpmail.texi:
|
||||
* speedbar.texi, tramp.texi, url.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi:
|
||||
* woman.texi: Start direntry descriptions in column 32, per Texinfo
|
||||
convention. Make them end with a period.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-23 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* autotype.texi, cl.texi, dired-x.texi, ebrowse.texi, ede.texi:
|
||||
* eieio.texi, epa.texi, faq.texi, flymake.texi, forms.texi:
|
||||
* gnus-faq.texi, idlwave.texi, mh-e.texi, nxml-mode.texi, org.texi:
|
||||
* pcl-cvs.texi, pgg.texi, reftex.texi, sasl.texi, sc.texi,
|
||||
* sem-user.texi, semantic.texi, sieve.texi, smtpmail.texi,
|
||||
* speedbar.texi, vip.texi, viper.texi, widget.texi: Untabify.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-10 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* idlwave.texi (Load-Path Shadows):
|
||||
* org.texi (Handling links): Fix typos.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-07 Teodor Zlatanov <tzz@lifelogs.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* gnus.texi (Interactive): Explain effect of gnus-expert-user better.
|
||||
@ -33,7 +150,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 23.2 released.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-01 Daniel E. Doherty <ddoherty03@gmail.com> (tiny change)
|
||||
2010-05-01 Daniel E. Doherty <ddoherty03@gmail.com> (tiny change)
|
||||
|
||||
* calc.texi (Tutorial): Use "^{\prime}" to indicate primes.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -182,7 +299,7 @@
|
||||
2010-01-17 Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Add GNU Emacs 23 and
|
||||
SXEmacs 22 to the supported systems. New item for hung ssh sessions.
|
||||
SXEmacs 22 to the supported systems. New item for hung ssh sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-01-17 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4701,7 +4818,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
* org.texi (FAQ): Document `org-table-tab-jumps-over-hlines'.
|
||||
(Agenda): Document commands `org-cycle-agenda-files' and
|
||||
`org-agenda-file-to-front'
|
||||
`org-agenda-file-to-front'.
|
||||
(Built-in table editor): Document `org-table-sort-lines'.
|
||||
(HTML formatting): Export of hand-formatted lists.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -6290,7 +6407,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
2000-12-14 Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove gnustmp.*
|
||||
* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove gnustmp.*.
|
||||
(gnus.dvi): Change rule to remove @latex stuff.
|
||||
|
||||
2000-10-19 Eric M. Ludlam <zappo@ultranet.com>
|
||||
@ -6446,10 +6563,6 @@
|
||||
(INFO_TARGETS): Add ../info/cc-mode.
|
||||
(DVI_TARGETS): Add cc-mode.dvi.
|
||||
|
||||
1996-05-25 Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 19.31 released.
|
||||
|
||||
1995-11-24 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 19.30 released.
|
||||
|
@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
|
||||
@settitle Ada Mode
|
||||
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
|
||||
2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
|
||||
2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Ada mode: (ada-mode). Emacs mode for editing and compiling Ada code.
|
||||
* Ada mode: (ada-mode). Emacs mode for editing and compiling Ada code.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Auth-source: (auth). The Emacs auth-source library.
|
||||
* Auth-source: (auth). The Emacs auth-source library.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
|
||||
@c @cindex autotypist
|
||||
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
|
||||
2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
|
||||
2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Autotype: (autotype). Convenient features for text that you enter frequently
|
||||
in Emacs.
|
||||
* Autotype: (autotype). Convenient features for text that you
|
||||
enter frequently in Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ completions and expansions of text at point.
|
||||
after point.
|
||||
* Autoinserting:: Filling up empty files as soon as you visit them.
|
||||
* Copyrights:: Inserting and updating copyrights.
|
||||
* Executables:: Turning interpreter scripts into executables.
|
||||
* Executables:: Turning interpreter scripts into executables.
|
||||
* Timestamps:: Updating dates and times in modified files.
|
||||
* QuickURL:: Inserting URLs based on text at point.
|
||||
* Tempo:: Flexible template insertion.
|
||||
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ the output from @kbd{M-x list-abbrevs} to make it look like this:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(c-mode-abbrev-table)
|
||||
"if" 0 "" c-if
|
||||
"if" 0 "" c-if
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
|
||||
* Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -21513,7 +21513,11 @@ to
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
|
||||
to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
|
||||
to a dot. (If the customizable variable
|
||||
@code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the characters
|
||||
not part of the sub-formula are de-emphasized by using a less
|
||||
noticeable face instead of using dots. @pxref{Displaying Selections}.)
|
||||
The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
|
||||
the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
|
||||
obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
|
||||
the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
|
||||
@ -21726,6 +21730,9 @@ of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
@kindex j d
|
||||
@pindex calc-show-selections
|
||||
@vindex calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
|
||||
@vindex calc-selected-face
|
||||
@vindex calc-nonselected-face
|
||||
The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
|
||||
selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
|
||||
illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
|
||||
@ -21740,6 +21747,13 @@ by @samp{#} signs:
|
||||
. . . . 2 x + 1
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
If the customizable variable
|
||||
@code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the
|
||||
non-selected portion of the formula will be de-emphasized by using a
|
||||
less noticeable face (@code{calc-nonselected-face}) instead of dots
|
||||
and the selected sub-formula will be highlighted by using a more
|
||||
noticeable face (@code{calc-selected-face}) instead of @samp{#}
|
||||
signs. (@pxref{Customizing Calc}.)
|
||||
|
||||
@node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
|
||||
@subsection Operating on Selections
|
||||
@ -34911,7 +34925,7 @@ character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
|
||||
|
||||
Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
|
||||
from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
|
||||
calculation, and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
|
||||
calculation and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
|
||||
customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
|
||||
Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
|
||||
will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
|
||||
@ -35197,6 +35211,23 @@ should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
|
||||
and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
|
||||
@end defvar
|
||||
|
||||
@defvar calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
|
||||
@defvarx calc-selected-face
|
||||
@defvarx calc-nonselected-face
|
||||
See @ref{Displaying Selections}.@*
|
||||
The variable @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces}
|
||||
determines how selected sub-formulas are distinguished.
|
||||
If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is nil, then
|
||||
a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by changing every
|
||||
character not part of the sub-formula with a dot or by changing every
|
||||
character in the sub-formula with a @samp{#} sign.
|
||||
If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is t,
|
||||
then a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by displaying the
|
||||
non-selected portion of the formula with @code{calc-nonselected-face}
|
||||
or by displaying the selected sub-formula with
|
||||
@code{calc-nonselected-face}.
|
||||
@end defvar
|
||||
|
||||
@defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
|
||||
The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
|
||||
whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
|
||||
|
@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
@comment here is by request from the FSF folks.
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* CC Mode: (ccmode). Emacs mode for editing C, C++, Objective-C,
|
||||
Java, Pike, AWK, and CORBA IDL code.
|
||||
* CC Mode: (ccmode). Emacs mode for editing C, C++, Objective-C,
|
||||
Java, Pike, AWK, and CORBA IDL code.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ Indentation Engine Basics
|
||||
|
||||
Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
|
||||
* Function Symbols::
|
||||
* Class Symbols::
|
||||
* Conditional Construct Symbols::
|
||||
* Switch Statement Symbols::
|
||||
* Brace List Symbols::
|
||||
* External Scope Symbols::
|
||||
* Paren List Symbols::
|
||||
* Literal Symbols::
|
||||
* Multiline Macro Symbols::
|
||||
* Objective-C Method Symbols::
|
||||
* Anonymous Class Symbol::
|
||||
* Statement Block Symbols::
|
||||
* K&R Symbols::
|
||||
* Function Symbols::
|
||||
* Class Symbols::
|
||||
* Conditional Construct Symbols::
|
||||
* Switch Statement Symbols::
|
||||
* Brace List Symbols::
|
||||
* External Scope Symbols::
|
||||
* Paren List Symbols::
|
||||
* Literal Symbols::
|
||||
* Multiline Macro Symbols::
|
||||
* Objective-C Method Symbols::
|
||||
* Java Symbols::
|
||||
* Statement Block Symbols::
|
||||
* K&R Symbols::
|
||||
|
||||
Customizing Indentation
|
||||
|
||||
@ -3971,6 +3971,9 @@ The first line in a ``topmost'' definition. @ref{Function Symbols}.
|
||||
Topmost definition continuation lines. This is only used in the parts
|
||||
that aren't covered by other symbols such as @code{func-decl-cont} and
|
||||
@code{knr-argdecl}. @ref{Function Symbols}.
|
||||
@item annotation-top-cont
|
||||
Topmost definition continuation lines where all previous items are
|
||||
annotations. @ref{Java Symbols}.
|
||||
@item member-init-intro
|
||||
First line in a member initialization list. @ref{Class Symbols}.
|
||||
@item member-init-cont
|
||||
@ -3999,6 +4002,9 @@ with an open brace. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
|
||||
A statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
|
||||
@item statement-cont
|
||||
A continuation of a statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
|
||||
@item annotation-var-cont
|
||||
A continuation of a statement where all previous items are
|
||||
annotations. @ref{Java Symbols}.
|
||||
@item statement-block-intro
|
||||
The first line in a new statement block. @ref{Conditional Construct
|
||||
Symbols}.
|
||||
@ -4112,23 +4118,23 @@ Symbols}.
|
||||
@item inexpr-class
|
||||
A class definition inside an expression. This is used for anonymous
|
||||
classes in Java. It's also used for anonymous array initializers in
|
||||
Java. @ref{Anonymous Class Symbol}.
|
||||
Java. @ref{Java Symbols}.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Function Symbols::
|
||||
* Class Symbols::
|
||||
* Conditional Construct Symbols::
|
||||
* Switch Statement Symbols::
|
||||
* Brace List Symbols::
|
||||
* External Scope Symbols::
|
||||
* Paren List Symbols::
|
||||
* Literal Symbols::
|
||||
* Multiline Macro Symbols::
|
||||
* Objective-C Method Symbols::
|
||||
* Anonymous Class Symbol::
|
||||
* Statement Block Symbols::
|
||||
* K&R Symbols::
|
||||
* Function Symbols::
|
||||
* Class Symbols::
|
||||
* Conditional Construct Symbols::
|
||||
* Switch Statement Symbols::
|
||||
* Brace List Symbols::
|
||||
* External Scope Symbols::
|
||||
* Paren List Symbols::
|
||||
* Literal Symbols::
|
||||
* Multiline Macro Symbols::
|
||||
* Objective-C Method Symbols::
|
||||
* Java Symbols::
|
||||
* Statement Block Symbols::
|
||||
* K&R Symbols::
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@ -4233,7 +4239,7 @@ Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 5 shows the following analysis:
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
The primary syntactic symbol for this line is @code{access-label} as
|
||||
this a label keyword that specifies access protection in C++. However,
|
||||
this is a label keyword that specifies access protection in C++. However,
|
||||
because this line is also a top-level construct inside a class
|
||||
definition, the analysis actually shows two syntactic symbols. The
|
||||
other syntactic symbol assigned to this line is @code{inclass}.
|
||||
@ -4740,7 +4746,7 @@ macros.}.
|
||||
@xref{Custom Macros}, for more info about the treatment of macros.
|
||||
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@node Objective-C Method Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Multiline Macro Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@node Objective-C Method Symbols, Java Symbols, Multiline Macro Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@subsection Objective-C Method Symbols
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@ -4767,34 +4773,45 @@ assigned @code{objc-method-args-cont} syntax. Lines 5 and 6 are both
|
||||
assigned @code{objc-method-call-cont} syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@node Anonymous Class Symbol, Statement Block Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@node Java Symbols, Statement Block Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@subsection Anonymous Class Symbol (Java)
|
||||
@subsection Java Symbols
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
|
||||
Java has a concept of anonymous classes which can look something like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
1: public void watch(Observable o) @{
|
||||
2: o.addObserver(new Observer() @{
|
||||
3: public void update(Observable o, Object arg) @{
|
||||
4: history.addElement(arg);
|
||||
5: @}
|
||||
6: @});
|
||||
7: @}
|
||||
1: @@Test
|
||||
2: public void watch(Observable o) @{
|
||||
3: @@NonNull
|
||||
4: Observer obs = new Observer() @{
|
||||
5: public void update(Observable o, Object arg) @{
|
||||
6: history.addElement(arg);
|
||||
7: @}
|
||||
8: @};
|
||||
9: o.addObserver(obs);
|
||||
10: @}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@ssindex inexpr-class
|
||||
The brace following the @code{new} operator opens the anonymous class.
|
||||
Lines 3 and 6 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
|
||||
Lines 5 and 8 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
|
||||
@code{inclass} symbol used in normal classes. Thus, the class will be
|
||||
indented just like a normal class, with the added indentation given to
|
||||
@code{inexpr-class}. An @code{inexpr-class} syntactic element doesn't
|
||||
have an anchor position.
|
||||
|
||||
@ssindex annotation-top-cont
|
||||
@ssindex annotation-var-cont
|
||||
Line 2 is assigned the @code{annotation-top-cont} syntax, due to it being a
|
||||
continuation of a topmost introduction with an annotation symbol preceding
|
||||
the current line. Similarly, line 4 is assigned the @code{annotation-var-cont}
|
||||
syntax due to it being a continuation of a variable declaration where preceding
|
||||
the declaration is an annotation.
|
||||
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
@node Statement Block Symbols, K&R Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@node Statement Block Symbols, K&R Symbols, Java Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@subsection Statement Block Symbols
|
||||
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
|
||||
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* CL: (cl). Partial Common Lisp support for Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* CL: (cl). Partial Common Lisp support for Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
@ -3763,10 +3763,10 @@ that it passes in the list pointers themselves rather than the
|
||||
@code{car}s of the advancing pointers.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defun mapc function seq &rest more-seqs
|
||||
@defun cl-mapc function seq &rest more-seqs
|
||||
This function is like @code{mapcar*}, except that the values returned
|
||||
by @var{function} are ignored and thrown away rather than being
|
||||
collected into a list. The return value of @code{mapc} is @var{seq},
|
||||
collected into a list. The return value of @code{cl-mapc} is @var{seq},
|
||||
the first sequence. This function is more general than the Emacs
|
||||
primitive @code{mapc}.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
@ -5,6 +5,9 @@
|
||||
@c @setchapternewpage odd
|
||||
@c %**end of header
|
||||
|
||||
@syncodeindex vr cp
|
||||
@syncodeindex fn cp
|
||||
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -51,6 +54,8 @@ another. An overview of D-Bus can be found at
|
||||
* Receiving Method Calls:: Offering own methods.
|
||||
* Signals:: Sending and receiving signals.
|
||||
* Errors and Events:: Errors and events.
|
||||
* Index:: Index including concepts, functions, variables.
|
||||
|
||||
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -418,7 +423,8 @@ Example:
|
||||
@result{} "/org/freedesktop/SystemToolsBackends/UsersConfig"
|
||||
@end lisp
|
||||
|
||||
If @var{object} has no @var{attribute}, the function returns nil.
|
||||
If @var{object} has no @var{attribute}, the function returns
|
||||
@code{nil}.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -669,7 +675,7 @@ A @var{property} value can be retrieved by the function
|
||||
@defun dbus-get-property bus service path interface property
|
||||
This function returns the value of @var{property} of @var{interface}.
|
||||
It will be checked at @var{bus}, @var{service}, @var{path}. The
|
||||
result can be any valid D-Bus value, or nil if there is no
|
||||
result can be any valid D-Bus value, or @code{nil} if there is no
|
||||
@var{property}. Example:
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
@ -863,12 +869,12 @@ Lisp function call. The following mapping to D-Bus types is
|
||||
applied, when the corresponding D-Bus message is created:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@multitable {@code{t} and @code{nil}} {@expansion{}} {DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN}
|
||||
@multitable {negative integer} {@expansion{}} {DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN}
|
||||
@item Lisp type @tab @tab D-Bus type
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@item @code{t} and @code{nil} @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN
|
||||
@item number @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_UINT32
|
||||
@item integer @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_INT32
|
||||
@item natural number @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_UINT32
|
||||
@item negative integer @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_INT32
|
||||
@item float @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE
|
||||
@item string @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_STRING
|
||||
@item list @tab @expansion{} @tab DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY
|
||||
@ -889,19 +895,19 @@ types are represented by the type symbols @code{:byte},
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} @var{NUMBER} @var{STRING})
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} @var{NAT-NUMBER} @var{STRING})
|
||||
@end lisp
|
||||
|
||||
is equivalent to
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} :uint32 @var{NUMBER} :string @var{STRING})
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} :uint32 @var{NAT-NUMBER} :string @var{STRING})
|
||||
@end lisp
|
||||
|
||||
but different to
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} :int32 @var{NUMBER} :signature @var{STRING})
|
||||
(dbus-call-method @dots{} :int32 @var{NAT-NUMBER} :signature @var{STRING})
|
||||
@end lisp
|
||||
|
||||
The value for a byte D-Bus type can be any integer in the range 0
|
||||
@ -994,17 +1000,17 @@ Output parameters of D-Bus methods and signals are mapped to Lisp
|
||||
objects.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@multitable {DBUS_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH} {@expansion{}} {@code{t} or @code{nil}}
|
||||
@multitable {DBUS_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH} {@expansion{}} {natural number or float}
|
||||
@item D-Bus type @tab @tab Lisp type
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN @tab @expansion{} @tab @code{t} or @code{nil}
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_BYTE @tab @expansion{} @tab number
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT16 @tab @expansion{} @tab number
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT16 @tab @expansion{} @tab number
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT32 @tab @expansion{} @tab number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT32 @tab @expansion{} @tab number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT64 @tab @expansion{} @tab number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT64 @tab @expansion{} @tab number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_BYTE @tab @expansion{} @tab natural number
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT16 @tab @expansion{} @tab natural number
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT16 @tab @expansion{} @tab integer
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT32 @tab @expansion{} @tab natural number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT32 @tab @expansion{} @tab integer or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_UINT64 @tab @expansion{} @tab natural number or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_INT64 @tab @expansion{} @tab integer or float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE @tab @expansion{} @tab float
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_STRING @tab @expansion{} @tab string
|
||||
@item DBUS_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH @tab @expansion{} @tab string
|
||||
@ -1030,7 +1036,7 @@ The signal @code{PropertyModified}, discussed as example in
|
||||
(@var{BOOL} stands here for either @code{nil} or @code{t}):
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
(@var{NUMBER} ((@var{STRING} @var{BOOL} @var{BOOL}) (@var{STRING} @var{BOOL} @var{BOOL}) @dots{}))
|
||||
(@var{INTEGER} ((@var{STRING} @var{BOOL} @var{BOOL}) (@var{STRING} @var{BOOL} @var{BOOL}) @dots{}))
|
||||
@end lisp
|
||||
|
||||
@defun dbus-byte-array-to-string byte-array
|
||||
@ -1359,7 +1365,7 @@ The test runs then
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defun dbus-register-property bus service path interface property access value
|
||||
@defun dbus-register-property bus service path interface property access value &optional emits-signal
|
||||
With this function, an application declares a @var{property} on the D-Bus
|
||||
@var{bus}.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1387,7 +1393,12 @@ only way to change their values. Properties with access type
|
||||
|
||||
The interface @samp{org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties} is added to
|
||||
@var{path}, including a default handler for the @samp{Get},
|
||||
@samp{GetAll} and @samp{Set} methods of this interface. Example:
|
||||
@samp{GetAll} and @samp{Set} methods of this interface. When
|
||||
@var{emits-signal} is non-@code{nil}, the signal
|
||||
@samp{PropertiesChanged} is sent when the property is changed by
|
||||
@code{dbus-set-property}.
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent Example:
|
||||
|
||||
@lisp
|
||||
(dbus-register-property
|
||||
@ -1399,7 +1410,7 @@ The interface @samp{org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties} is added to
|
||||
|
||||
(dbus-register-property
|
||||
:session "org.freedesktop.TextEditor" "/org/freedesktop/TextEditor"
|
||||
"org.freedesktop.TextEditor" "version" :readwrite emacs-version)
|
||||
"org.freedesktop.TextEditor" "version" :readwrite emacs-version t)
|
||||
|
||||
@result{} ((:session "org.freedesktop.TextEditor" "version")
|
||||
("org.freedesktop.TextEditor" "/org/freedesktop/TextEditor"))
|
||||
@ -1570,9 +1581,16 @@ which objects the GNU/Linux @code{hal} daemon adds.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Errors and Events
|
||||
@chapter Errors and events.
|
||||
@cindex debugging
|
||||
@cindex errors
|
||||
@cindex events
|
||||
|
||||
The internal actions can be traced by running in a debug mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@defvar dbus-debug
|
||||
If this variable is non-@code{nil}, D-Bus specific debug messages are raised.
|
||||
@end defvar
|
||||
|
||||
Input parameters of @code{dbus-call-method},
|
||||
@code{dbus-call-method-non-blocking},
|
||||
@code{dbus-call-method-asynchronously}, and
|
||||
@ -1587,8 +1605,7 @@ appended to the @code{dbus-error}.
|
||||
@defspec dbus-ignore-errors forms@dots{}
|
||||
This executes @var{forms} exactly like a @code{progn}, except that
|
||||
@code{dbus-error} errors are ignored during the @var{forms}. These
|
||||
errors can be made visible when variable @code{dbus-debug} is set to
|
||||
@code{t}.
|
||||
errors can be made visible when @code{dbus-debug} is set to @code{t}.
|
||||
@end defspec
|
||||
|
||||
Incoming D-Bus messages are handled as Emacs events, see @pxref{Misc
|
||||
@ -1636,12 +1653,12 @@ The result is either the symbol @code{:system} or the symbol @code{:session}.
|
||||
|
||||
@defun dbus-event-message-type event
|
||||
Returns the message type of the corresponding D-Bus message. The
|
||||
result is a number.
|
||||
result is a natural number.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defun dbus-event-serial-number event
|
||||
Returns the serial number of the corresponding D-Bus message.
|
||||
The result is a number.
|
||||
The result is a natural number.
|
||||
@end defun
|
||||
|
||||
@defun dbus-event-service-name event
|
||||
@ -1691,6 +1708,12 @@ D-Bus applications running. Therefore, they shall check carefully,
|
||||
whether a given D-Bus error is related to them.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Index
|
||||
@unnumbered Index
|
||||
|
||||
@printindex cp
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node GNU Free Documentation License
|
||||
@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
|
||||
@include doclicense.texi
|
||||
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
|
||||
@c dired-x.texi --- Sebastian Kremer's Extra DIRED hacked up for GNU Emacs
|
||||
@c
|
||||
@c Author: Sebastian Kremer <sk@thp.uni-koeln.de>
|
||||
@c Lawrence R. Dodd <dodd@roebling.poly.edu>
|
||||
@c Lawrence R. Dodd <dodd@roebling.poly.edu>
|
||||
@c [Dodd's address no longer valid.]
|
||||
|
||||
@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
|
||||
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
|
||||
@iftex
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
@end iftex
|
||||
@c @setchapternewpage odd % For book style double sided manual.
|
||||
@c @setchapternewpage odd % For book style double sided manual.
|
||||
@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
|
||||
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Dired-X: (dired-x). Dired Extra Features.
|
||||
* Dired-X: (dired-x). Dired Extra Features.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@c @smallbook
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Ebrowse: (ebrowse). A C++ class browser for Emacs.
|
||||
* Ebrowse: (ebrowse). A C++ class browser for Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ Ebrowse.
|
||||
@end ifnottex
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Overview:: What is it and how does it work?
|
||||
* Generating browser files:: How to process C++ source files
|
||||
* Loading a Tree:: How to start browsing
|
||||
* Tree Buffers:: Traversing class hierarchies
|
||||
* Member Buffers:: Looking at member information
|
||||
* Tags-like Functions:: Finding members from source files
|
||||
* Overview:: What is it and how does it work?
|
||||
* Generating browser files:: How to process C++ source files
|
||||
* Loading a Tree:: How to start browsing
|
||||
* Tree Buffers:: Traversing class hierarchies
|
||||
* Member Buffers:: Looking at member information
|
||||
* Tags-like Functions:: Finding members from source files
|
||||
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
|
||||
* Concept Index:: An entry for each concept defined
|
||||
* Concept Index:: An entry for each concept defined
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -215,10 +215,10 @@ When invoked with option @samp{--help}, @command{ebrowse} prints a list of
|
||||
available command line options.@refill
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Input files:: Specifying which files to parse
|
||||
* Output file:: Changing the output file name
|
||||
* Structs and unions:: Omitting @code{struct}s and @code{union}s
|
||||
* Matching:: Setting regular expression lengths
|
||||
* Input files:: Specifying which files to parse
|
||||
* Output file:: Changing the output file name
|
||||
* Structs and unions:: Omitting @code{struct}s and @code{union}s
|
||||
* Matching:: Setting regular expression lengths
|
||||
* Verbosity:: Getting feedback for lengthy operations
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -454,17 +454,17 @@ Tree-specific commands are bound to simple keystrokes, similar to
|
||||
buffers.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Source Display:: Viewing and finding a class declaration
|
||||
* Member Display:: Showing members, switching to member buffers
|
||||
* Go to Class:: Finding a class
|
||||
* Quitting:: Discarding and burying the tree buffer
|
||||
* File Name Display:: Showing file names in the tree
|
||||
* Expanding and Collapsing:: Expanding and collapsing branches
|
||||
* Tree Indentation:: Changing the tree indentation
|
||||
* Killing Classes:: Removing class from the tree
|
||||
* Saving a Tree:: Saving a modified tree
|
||||
* Statistics:: Displaying class tree statistics
|
||||
* Marking Classes:: Marking and unmarking classes
|
||||
* Source Display:: Viewing and finding a class declaration
|
||||
* Member Display:: Showing members, switching to member buffers
|
||||
* Go to Class:: Finding a class
|
||||
* Quitting:: Discarding and burying the tree buffer
|
||||
* File Name Display:: Showing file names in the tree
|
||||
* Expanding and Collapsing:: Expanding and collapsing branches
|
||||
* Tree Indentation:: Changing the tree indentation
|
||||
* Killing Classes:: Removing class from the tree
|
||||
* Saving a Tree:: Saving a modified tree
|
||||
* Statistics:: Displaying class tree statistics
|
||||
* Marking Classes:: Marking and unmarking classes
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -625,17 +625,15 @@ given by a prefix argument.
|
||||
Here is an example of a tree buffer with file names displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
| Collection (unknown)
|
||||
| IndexedCollection (indexedcltn.h)
|
||||
| Array (array.h)
|
||||
| FixedArray (fixedarray.h)
|
||||
| Set (set.h)
|
||||
| Dictionary (dict.h)
|
||||
| Collection (unknown)
|
||||
| IndexedCollection (indexedcltn.h)
|
||||
| Array (array.h)
|
||||
| FixedArray (fixedarray.h)
|
||||
| Set (set.h)
|
||||
| Dictionary (dict.h)
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Expanding and Collapsing, Tree Indentation, File Name Display, Tree Buffers
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@section Expanding and Collapsing a Tree
|
||||
@ -818,20 +816,20 @@ like in tree buffers, menus are provided for certain areas in the
|
||||
buffer: members, classes, and the buffer itself.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Switching Member Lists:: Choosing which members to display
|
||||
* Finding/Viewing:: Modifying source code
|
||||
* Inherited Members:: Display of Inherited Members
|
||||
* Searching Members:: Finding members in member buffer
|
||||
* Switching to Tree:: Going back to the tree buffer
|
||||
* Filters:: Selective member display
|
||||
* Attributes:: Display of @code{virtual} etc.
|
||||
* Long and Short Display:: Comprehensive and verbose display
|
||||
* Regexp Display:: Showing matching regular expressions
|
||||
* Switching Classes:: Displaying another class
|
||||
* Killing/Burying:: Getting rid of the member buffer
|
||||
* Column Width:: Display style
|
||||
* Redisplay:: Redrawing the member list
|
||||
* Getting Help:: How to get help for key bindings
|
||||
* Switching Member Lists:: Choosing which members to display
|
||||
* Finding/Viewing:: Modifying source code
|
||||
* Inherited Members:: Display of Inherited Members
|
||||
* Searching Members:: Finding members in member buffer
|
||||
* Switching to Tree:: Going back to the tree buffer
|
||||
* Filters:: Selective member display
|
||||
* Attributes:: Display of @code{virtual} etc.
|
||||
* Long and Short Display:: Comprehensive and verbose display
|
||||
* Regexp Display:: Showing matching regular expressions
|
||||
* Switching Classes:: Displaying another class
|
||||
* Killing/Burying:: Getting rid of the member buffer
|
||||
* Column Width:: Display style
|
||||
* Redisplay:: Redrawing the member list
|
||||
* Getting Help:: How to get help for key bindings
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1234,7 +1232,7 @@ This key is bound to @code{describe-mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@comment **************************************************************
|
||||
@comment *** TAGS LIKE FUNCTIONS
|
||||
@comment *** TAGS LIKE FUNCTIONS
|
||||
@comment **************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
@node Tags-like Functions, GNU Free Documentation License, Member Buffers, Top
|
||||
@ -1245,14 +1243,14 @@ Ebrowse provides tags functions similar to those of the standard
|
||||
Emacs Tags facility, but better suited to the needs of C++ programmers.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Finding and Viewing:: Going to a member declaration/definition
|
||||
* Position Stack:: Moving to previous locations
|
||||
* Search & Replace:: Searching and replacing over class tree files
|
||||
* Members in Files:: Listing all members in a given file
|
||||
* Apropos:: Listing members matching a regular expression
|
||||
* Symbol Completion:: Completing names while editing
|
||||
* Finding and Viewing:: Going to a member declaration/definition
|
||||
* Position Stack:: Moving to previous locations
|
||||
* Search & Replace:: Searching and replacing over class tree files
|
||||
* Members in Files:: Listing all members in a given file
|
||||
* Apropos:: Listing members matching a regular expression
|
||||
* Symbol Completion:: Completing names while editing
|
||||
* Member Buffer Display:: Quickly display a member buffer for some
|
||||
identifier
|
||||
identifier
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
This file describes EDE, the Emacs Development Environment.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009,
|
||||
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* ede: (ede). Project management for Emacs
|
||||
* ede: (ede). Project management for Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ lookup for @semantic{}, improving code completion performance.
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* ede-cpp-root:: This project marks the root of a C/C++ code project.
|
||||
* ede-simple subclassing:: Create your own simple project.
|
||||
* ede-emacs:: A project for working with Emacs.
|
||||
* ede-linux:: A project for working with Linux kernels.
|
||||
* ede-emacs:: A project for working with Emacs.
|
||||
* ede-linux:: A project for working with Linux kernels.
|
||||
* Custom Locate:: Customizing how to locate files in a simple project
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@ -525,14 +525,14 @@ Return nil if there isn't one."
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
(add-to-list 'ede-project-class-files
|
||||
(ede-project-autoload "cpp-root"
|
||||
:name "CPP ROOT"
|
||||
:file 'ede-cpp-root
|
||||
:proj-file 'MY-FILE-FOR-DIR
|
||||
(ede-project-autoload "cpp-root"
|
||||
:name "CPP ROOT"
|
||||
:file 'ede-cpp-root
|
||||
:proj-file 'MY-FILE-FOR-DIR
|
||||
:proj-root 'MY-ROOT-FCN
|
||||
:load-type 'MY-LOAD
|
||||
:class-sym 'ede-cpp-root)
|
||||
t)
|
||||
:load-type 'MY-LOAD
|
||||
:class-sym 'ede-cpp-root)
|
||||
t)
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
This example only creates an auto-loader, and does not create a new kind
|
||||
@ -751,9 +751,9 @@ Here is an example for an instantiation of an Emacs Lisp source code object:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(defvar ede-source-emacs
|
||||
(ede-sourcecode "ede-emacs-source"
|
||||
:name "Emacs Lisp"
|
||||
:sourcepattern "\\.el$"
|
||||
:garbagepattern '("*.elc"))
|
||||
:name "Emacs Lisp"
|
||||
:sourcepattern "\\.el$"
|
||||
:garbagepattern '("*.elc"))
|
||||
"Emacs Lisp source code definition.")
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* EDT: (edt). An Emacs emulation of the EDT editor.
|
||||
* EDT: (edt). An Emacs emulation of the EDT editor.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* eieio: (eieio). Objects for Emacs
|
||||
* eieio: (eieio). Objects for Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -295,8 +295,8 @@ This option is here to support programs written with older versions of
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Inheritance:: How to specify parents classes
|
||||
* Slot Options:: How to specify features of a slot.
|
||||
* Class Options:: How to specify features for this class.
|
||||
* Slot Options:: How to specify features of a slot.
|
||||
* Class Options:: How to specify features for this class.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Inheritance
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Emacs MIME: (emacs-mime). Emacs MIME de/composition library.
|
||||
* Emacs MIME: (emacs-mime). Emacs MIME de/composition library.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
@iftex
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* EasyPG Assistant: (epa). An Emacs user interface to GNU Privacy Guard.
|
||||
* EasyPG Assistant: (epa). An Emacs user interface to GNU Privacy Guard.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -142,15 +142,15 @@ about the key you selected.
|
||||
@example
|
||||
u Daiki Ueno <ueno@@unixuser.org>
|
||||
u A5B6B2D4B15813FE 1024bits DSA
|
||||
Created: 2001-10-09
|
||||
Expires: 2007-09-04
|
||||
Capabilities: sign certify
|
||||
Fingerprint: 8003 7CD0 0F1A 9400 03CA 50AA A5B6 B2D4 B158 13FE
|
||||
Created: 2001-10-09
|
||||
Expires: 2007-09-04
|
||||
Capabilities: sign certify
|
||||
Fingerprint: 8003 7CD0 0F1A 9400 03CA 50AA A5B6 B2D4 B158 13FE
|
||||
u 4447461B2A9BEA2D 2048bits ELGAMAL_E
|
||||
Created: 2001-10-09
|
||||
Expires: 2007-09-04
|
||||
Capabilities: encrypt
|
||||
Fingerprint: 9003 D76B 73B7 4A8A E588 10AF 4447 461B 2A9B EA2D
|
||||
Created: 2001-10-09
|
||||
Expires: 2007-09-04
|
||||
Capabilities: encrypt
|
||||
Fingerprint: 9003 D76B 73B7 4A8A E588 10AF 4447 461B 2A9B EA2D
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
This manual is for ERC version 5.3.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ and modified without restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* ERC: (erc). Powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
|
||||
* ERC: (erc). Powerful and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
|
||||
@copying
|
||||
This manual is for Eshell, the Emacs shell.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
|
||||
2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
|
||||
2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Eshell: (eshell). A command shell implemented in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
* Eshell: (eshell). A command shell implemented in Emacs Lisp.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* EUDC: (eudc). An Emacs client for directory servers (LDAP, PH).
|
||||
* EUDC: (eudc). Emacs client for directory servers (LDAP, PH).
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@footnotestyle end
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ distribution.]
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Emacs FAQ: (efaq). Frequently Asked Questions about Emacs.
|
||||
* Emacs FAQ: (efaq). Frequently Asked Questions about Emacs.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@c The @titlepage stuff only appears in the printed version
|
||||
|
@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
|
||||
This manual is for GNU Flymake (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
|
||||
which is a universal on-the-fly syntax checker for GNU Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Flymake: (flymake). A universal on-the-fly syntax checker.
|
||||
* Flymake: (flymake). A universal on-the-fly syntax checker.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ First, we write the @code{init-function}:
|
||||
(defun flymake-perl-init ()
|
||||
(let* ((temp-file (flymake-init-create-temp-buffer-copy
|
||||
'flymake-create-temp-inplace))
|
||||
(local-file (file-relative-name
|
||||
(local-file (file-relative-name
|
||||
temp-file
|
||||
(file-name-directory buffer-file-name))))
|
||||
(list "perl" (list "-wc " local-file))))
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c documentation for forms-mode
|
||||
@c Written by Johan Vromans, and edited by Richard Stallman
|
||||
|
||||
@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Forms: (forms). Emacs package for editing data bases
|
||||
by filling in forms.
|
||||
* Forms: (forms). Emacs package for editing data bases
|
||||
by filling in forms.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
@c \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c Uncomment 1st line before texing this file alone.
|
||||
@c %**start of header
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
|
||||
@c 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
|
||||
@c 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c
|
||||
@c Do not modify this file, it was generated from gnus-faq.xml, available from
|
||||
@c <URL:http://my.gnus.org/FAQ/>.
|
||||
@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ want something different, change the line above to something like this:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(add-to-list 'gnus-secondary-select-methods
|
||||
'(nnspool ""
|
||||
(nnspool-directory "/usr/local/myspoolddir")))
|
||||
(nnspool-directory "/usr/local/myspoolddir")))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -635,8 +635,8 @@ mail, it's
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(eval-after-load "mail-source"
|
||||
'(add-to-list 'mail-sources
|
||||
'(directory :path "/path/to/procmail-dir/"
|
||||
:suffix ".prcml")))
|
||||
'(directory :path "/path/to/procmail-dir/"
|
||||
:suffix ".prcml")))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -691,10 +691,10 @@ about the server there.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(add-to-list 'gnus-secondary-select-methods
|
||||
'(nnimap "Give the baby a name"
|
||||
(nnimap-address "imap.yourProvider.net")
|
||||
(nnimap-port 143)
|
||||
(nnimap-list-pattern "archive.*")))
|
||||
'(nnimap "Give the baby a name"
|
||||
(nnimap-address "imap.yourProvider.net")
|
||||
(nnimap-port 143)
|
||||
(nnimap-list-pattern "archive.*")))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ say this in ~/.gnus.el:
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(setq gnus-visible-headers
|
||||
'("^From" "^Subject" "^Date" "^Newsgroups" "^Followup-To"
|
||||
"^User-Agent" "^X-Newsreader" "^X-Mailer"))
|
||||
"^User-Agent" "^X-Newsreader" "^X-Mailer"))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1099,18 +1099,18 @@ buffer top-right, article buffer bottom-right:
|
||||
(gnus-add-configuration
|
||||
'(article
|
||||
(horizontal 1.0
|
||||
(vertical 25
|
||||
(group 1.0))
|
||||
(vertical 1.0
|
||||
(summary 0.25 point)
|
||||
(article 1.0)))))
|
||||
(vertical 25
|
||||
(group 1.0))
|
||||
(vertical 1.0
|
||||
(summary 0.25 point)
|
||||
(article 1.0)))))
|
||||
(gnus-add-configuration
|
||||
'(summary
|
||||
(horizontal 1.0
|
||||
(vertical 25
|
||||
(group 1.0))
|
||||
(vertical 1.0
|
||||
(summary 1.0 point)))))
|
||||
(vertical 25
|
||||
(group 1.0))
|
||||
(vertical 1.0
|
||||
(summary 1.0 point)))))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ You can store your mail addresses in a ~/.mailrc file using a simple
|
||||
alias syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
alias al "Al <al@@english-heritage.invalid>"
|
||||
alias al "Al <al@@english-heritage.invalid>"
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1644,9 +1644,9 @@ the group to use.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
(setq gnus-message-archive-group
|
||||
'((if (message-news-p)
|
||||
"nnml:Send-News"
|
||||
"nnml:Send-Mail")))
|
||||
'((if (message-news-p)
|
||||
"nnml:Send-News"
|
||||
"nnml:Send-Mail")))
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Gnus: (gnus). The newsreader Gnus.
|
||||
* Gnus: (gnus). The newsreader Gnus.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
@iftex
|
||||
@finalout
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Emacs
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* IDLWAVE: (idlwave). Major mode and shell for IDL files.
|
||||
* IDLWAVE: (idlwave). Major mode and shell for IDL files.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ C-i}. Here are the different routines (also available in the Menu
|
||||
|
||||
@table @asis
|
||||
@item @kbd{M-x idlwave-list-buffer-load-path-shadows}
|
||||
This commands checks the names of all routines defined in the current
|
||||
This command checks the names of all routines defined in the current
|
||||
buffer for shadowing conflicts with other routines accessible to
|
||||
IDLWAVE. The command also has a key binding: @kbd{C-c C-b}
|
||||
@item @kbd{M-x idlwave-list-shell-load-path-shadows}.
|
||||
|
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
|
||||
|
||||
@dircategory Texinfo documentation system
|
||||
@direntry
|
||||
* Info: (info). How to use the documentation browsing system.
|
||||
* Info: (info). How to use the documentation browsing system.
|
||||
@end direntry
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user